Scholarship Suspensions Leave Thousands of International Students in Uncertainty

Thousands of international students in the United States are now facing an uncertain future following the suspension of several major scholarship programs, including Fulbright. The U.S. State Department has halted federal funding for these initiatives, leaving students without financial support.

Halyna Morozova, a Ukrainian international student enrolled at Southern Illinois University Edwardsville under the Fulbright program, shared her concerns with ABC News. Instead of receiving a full month’s financial aid, she was given only one week’s worth of funding.

Morozova, who teaches the Ukrainian language at the university, was informed by the Institute of International Education (IIE) that her usual monthly grant of $750 had been reduced to just $187.50. She expressed deep concern about her ability to continue her studies in the U.S. due to the uncertainty surrounding her financial support.

Another affected student, Frida Larios from California State University, found out about the funding suspension while already in Seoul, South Korea, as part of the Gilman scholarship program. Larios had expected to receive about $3,000 for her trip but has since been left in financial limbo, as reported by the New York Times.

The U.S. State Department announced in February that it was temporarily halting grant funding, affecting various study-abroad scholarships and government exchange programs. Although the funding was initially set to resume on February 27, it remains suspended, prolonging uncertainty for students and scholars.

According to the Fulbright Association, this suspension has directly impacted over 12,500 U.S. nationals who are either currently abroad or preparing for international exchange programs. Additionally, another 7,400 foreign nationals studying in the U.S. are expected to be affected by the funding freeze.

“The freeze on State Department grant programs threatens the survival of study abroad and international exchange programs that are essential to U.S. economic and national security,” the Association of International Educators (NAFSA) stated in a press release.

Kunchacko Boban’s ‘Officer on Duty’ Set for OTT Release on Netflix

Following a remarkable theatrical run, the Kunchacko Boban-starrer Officer on Duty is now preparing for its digital premiere.

For those who missed the opportunity to watch this gripping thriller in cinemas, Officer on Duty will be available for streaming on Netflix starting March 20. The film will be accessible in multiple languages, including Malayalam, Hindi, Telugu, Tamil, and Kannada.

Netflix officially announced the release through a social media post, which read, “Puthiya officer etheetund, stand in line and salute. Watch Officer on Duty on Netflix, out 20 March in Malayalam, Hindi, Telugu, Tamil, Kannada #OfficerOnDutyOnNetflix.”

Directed by Jithu Ashraf, with a screenplay penned by Shahi Kabir, the movie features an ensemble cast, including Vishak Nair, Priyamani, Jagadish, and Aadukalam Naren in significant roles.

Kunchacko Boban recently took to social media to express his gratitude toward his wife and the entire team behind the film. Sharing a heartfelt note alongside a picture with his wife, the actor wrote, “Officer On Duty. With His Beauty. I know how much you yearned for this acceptance, my love!! You have been my constant support, critic, friend, tension-breaker, and the biggest fan!!! And this success is more deserving for you!! Love and salute from your officer …or rather, HUSBAND ON DUTY. And a big big thaaank you to each and everyone who made OFFICER ON DUTY the biggie in my life.”

According to recent reports, Officer on Duty has emerged as the highest-grossing Malayalam film of 2025, surpassing Asif Ali’s Rekhachithram.

The film has received a mixed critical reception. ETimes awarded Officer on Duty a rating of 3 out of 5 stars. The review noted, “While Officer on Duty is a gripping, well-crafted thriller that keeps viewers on edge, it also serves as a stark reminder of how crime films continue to exploit the suffering of women for shock value. The film may entertain, but it also demands reflection—how much longer will we keep witnessing the same cycle of violence on screen?”

Looking ahead, Kunchacko Boban will next be seen in Mahesh Narayanan’s upcoming multi-starrer film, which will also feature Mammootty, Mohanlal, Nayanthara, and Fahadh Faasil in prominent roles.

GOPIO International President Prakash Shah Felicitated at a Glittering Ceremony Attended by Who’s Who of Mumbai Elites

Global Organization of People of Indian Origin (GOPIO) has announced formation of Mumbai and Gujarat Chapters for GOPIO and GCCI (GOPIO Chamber of Commerce and Industry). Mr. Prakash Shah, International President of GOPIO, a Diaspora networking organization of 38 million strong Indian Diaspora, was felicitated at a glittering ceremony at the Garware Club House in Mumbai on March 15, 2025, attended by Who’s Who of Mumbai Elites. In his citation Issued by Raj Purohit, a GOPIO Advisor and former Maharashtra Cabinet Minister and currently Vice President of Maharashtra BJP, he lauded Prakash Shah for his dedication, devotion and global vision.

GOPIO International President Prakash Shah Felicitated in Mumbai
GOPIO International President Prakash Shah is being Felicitated in Mumbai

Shah, a founding member of GOPIO was President Clinton’s Presidential Appointee to the Board of Southern Africa Fund for 12 Countries of Southern Africa where he served for 10 years as the Chairman of the Board’s Investment Committee. He was also the Chairman of New Jersey Development Authority under Governors Florio and Whitman, the citation read.

Shah remembered the founding days of GOPIO in 1989 when a weeklong Convention was held in New York City with high profile Political Leaders in USA in attendance. Shah further told about the support and role of then Legendary President late Cheddi Jagan of Guyana who came to the convention and gave his personal support for creation of GOPIO.

Dr. Thomas Abraham, Chairman of GOPIO in a statement issued from Connecticut in USA, mentioned that the early days of GOPIO were devoted to countering Human Rights Violations. In the first ten years of GOPIO, these issues were tackled, and the Indian diaspora has achieved mainstreaming in most countries with significant Diaspora population.

“Our Diaspora Community is made up of high achievers in leadership in politics and business and in every country, Indians have settled in, they have held high political or financial positions of power,” added Dr. Abraham.

Shah said, ”India will soon become an Economic and a Military Superpower and the Diaspora Indians would like to play a major role in helping India achieve its rightful place in the world.”

Shah mentioned two areas in particular that he would like to explore: One would be to create a Global Network to provide incubation assistance by experienced Indian Diaspora leaders to the young upcoming global entrepreneurs in India;  Second by creating an international fund for Investment in ‘Unicorn’ Companies that have been recently formed but have already achieved a US One Billion Dollars equivalent valuation on the Bombay Stock Exchange.

GOPIO President Prakash Shah speaking at the event
GOPIO President Prakash Shah speaking at the event. Sitting on his right is the organizer of the event, Maharashtra BJP Vice President Raj Purohit.

Shah also told the audience about the upcoming GOPIO Convention on March 28 to 30 in Brisbane, Australia with a theme of ‘The Diaspora Role in Shaping Future Technologies.” A second track of conference sessions will cover issues and topics of interest to the Indian Diaspora.

Founded in 1989, GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and chapter delegates from over 100 chapters in 35 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building networks, bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike. GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora, the countries they live in and India.

Roshni Nadar Malhotra Becomes India’s Third Wealthiest Individual

A new figure has ascended in the ranks of India’s wealthiest individuals. Roshni Nadar Malhotra has solidified her standing as one of the richest women in the country, now ranking as the third wealthiest person after Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani. Her rise to this position follows a major succession move that has granted her a significant stake in HCL Corporation, establishing her as a dominant force in the Indian corporate sector.

On March 6, Roshni’s father, Shiv Nadar, the founder of HCL Technologies, made a significant decision by transferring 47% of his stake in both Vama Sundari Investments (Delhi) Private Limited and HCL Corporation Private Limited to his daughter. This transition was formalized through two gift deeds, effectively granting her control over HCL Tech and HCL Infosystems, the principal entities of the HCL Group. With this transfer, Roshni has emerged as the largest shareholder in HCL Corp, ensuring her majority control over one of India’s leading technology conglomerates.

Roshni Nadar Malhotra’s journey to becoming one of the wealthiest women in India is deeply connected to her academic and professional background. Born in 1982 in New Delhi, she is the only child of Shiv and Kiran Nadar. She attended Vasant Valley School before pursuing a degree in Communications at Northwestern University. She later went on to earn an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management.

Her leadership capabilities extend beyond her family’s business empire. She is an esteemed member of the Dean’s Advisory Council at the MIT School of Engineering and also serves on the Executive Board for Asia at the Kellogg School of Management.

Apart from her academic connections, Roshni occupies several influential positions globally. She is a board member of the US-India Strategic Partnership Forum (USISPF) and serves on the global board of directors of The Nature Conservancy (TNC). Additionally, she holds a role as an independent director on the board of HDFC Asset Management Company.

Beyond her corporate commitments, Roshni is also deeply engaged in philanthropy through the Shiv Nadar Foundation, which is dedicated to promoting education and fostering social change. As a trustee of the foundation, she has played a key role in establishing initiatives like VidyaGyan, a leadership academy designed to support underprivileged students.

In her personal life, Roshni is married to Shikhar Malhotra, the vice chairman of HCL Healthcare. Together, they form a powerful and influential partnership in the business world.

Trump Administration Asks Supreme Court to Allow End of Birthright Citizenship

The administration of President Donald Trump filed a series of emergency appeals with the Supreme Court on Thursday, seeking approval to proceed with plans to end birthright citizenship. This move elevates a controversial legal theory that multiple lower courts have strongly rejected.

In its emergency appeals, the Trump administration argued that lower courts had overstepped their authority by issuing nationwide injunctions that blocked the policy. It urged the Supreme Court to limit the scope of these orders.

A federal judge in January ruled that Trump’s executive order was “blatantly unconstitutional” and halted its implementation. Shortly afterward, a Maryland judge stated that the order “runs counter to our nation’s 250-year history of citizenship by birth.” Despite appeals, courts have consistently declined to pause the lower court rulings, which imposed nationwide injunctions on Trump’s order issued on the first day of his second term.

For over 150 years, courts have interpreted the 14th Amendment to ensure citizenship to anyone “born or naturalized in the United States,” regardless of their parents’ immigration status. A landmark 1898 Supreme Court decision affirmed this interpretation, and the current Court has not indicated any intention to reconsider that precedent.

However, some conservative legal scholars argue that this long-standing interpretation is incorrect. They point to a phrase in the 14th Amendment that states citizenship applies only to those “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States. According to this perspective, immigrants who are in the country illegally remain under the jurisdiction of their home nations and should not be granted U.S. citizenship at birth.

Federal courts in Maryland, Massachusetts, and Washington have all issued injunctions preventing the policy’s implementation. These rulings came in response to lawsuits filed by over 20 states, two immigrant rights organizations, and seven individual plaintiffs.

Cody Wofsy, deputy director of the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project and lead attorney in one of the lawsuits challenging the administration, criticized the executive order, saying, “The president’s executive order is outrageously illegal and cruel, and it should not be applied to a single baby in this country.” He added, “We are going to continue fighting to ensure that no child is denied their citizenship by this executive order.”

The Trump administration’s Supreme Court appeals do not directly address whether the executive order is constitutional. Instead, they make what the administration calls a “modest” request to narrow the scope of the injunctions. If granted, this request would allow the government to enforce the policy against individuals not currently covered by ongoing litigation.

The Justice Department, in its emergency appeals, expressed frustration with the increasing use of nationwide injunctions, arguing, “Universal injunctions have reached epidemic proportions since the start of the current administration.” It continued, “Those universal injunctions prohibit a Day 1 Executive Order from being enforced anywhere in the country, as to ‘hundreds of thousands’ of unspecified individuals who are ‘not before the court nor identified by the court.’”

As an alternative measure, the administration requested permission to issue guidance on how it would implement the policy, even if the Court did not fully lift the injunctions.

While the focus of the administration’s legal challenge is on lower court rulings that blocked the executive order, the Justice Department used its Supreme Court appeal to outline broader arguments against birthright citizenship.

“During the 20th century,” the administration argued, “the executive branch adopted the incorrect position that the citizenship clause extended birthright citizenship to almost everyone born in the United States – even children of illegal aliens or temporarily present aliens.” It further claimed, “That policy of near-universal birthright citizenship has created strong incentives for illegal immigration.”

With the Supreme Court now reviewing the case, it is expected to establish a briefing schedule that will require the parties challenging the executive order to submit their responses quickly, possibly within just a few days.

US Imposes 25% Tariff on Steel and Aluminum Imports, Prompting Global Retaliation

The United States has implemented a 25% tariff on steel and aluminum imports from across the globe.

In response, Canada and the European Union (EU) have introduced tariffs on American goods worth billions of dollars, heightening concerns about a potential global trade war.

President Donald Trump has threatened to impose a 200% tariff on alcohol imports from EU countries unless the bloc removes its “nasty 50% tariff on whisky.”

Additionally, Trump has already imposed 25% tariffs on various imports from Mexico and Canada, with some exceptions, as well as a 20% levy on goods from China.

Understanding Tariffs and Their Impact

Tariffs are taxes applied to goods imported from foreign countries.

Importing companies pay these taxes to the government.

Tariffs are usually calculated as a percentage of a product’s value. For example, a 20% tariff on Chinese goods means that an item valued at $10 (£7.76) incurs an additional $2 charge.

Businesses may choose to pass on some or all of the tariff costs to consumers.

Historically, the U.S. has maintained lower tariffs on imported goods than many other nations.

However, economists fear that Trump’s new tariffs, along with additional levies he has suggested could take effect on April 2, may drive up consumer prices both in the U.S. and globally.

Trump’s Justification for Tariffs

Tariffs play a key role in Trump’s economic strategy.

He argues that they will strengthen U.S. manufacturing, safeguard jobs, generate tax revenue, and stimulate domestic economic growth.

He also aims to correct America’s trade imbalance by reducing the gap between imports and exports with specific countries.

Despite this, Trump has not ruled out the possibility of a recession resulting from his trade policies, which led to a sharp decline in U.S. stock markets just before the metal tariffs took effect.

U.S. Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick later defended the tariffs, stating that they were “worth it” even if they contributed to an economic downturn.

Trump initially targeted Chinese, Mexican, and Canadian imports with tariffs.

These three countries accounted for over 40% of all U.S. imports in 2024.

However, Trump has accused them of failing to do enough to curb the influx of migrants and illegal drugs, such as fentanyl, into the U.S.

All three nations have rejected these allegations.

How the Steel and Aluminum Tariffs Work

The U.S. implemented a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports on March 12.

The U.S. is the world’s largest steel importer, with Canada, Brazil, and Mexico being its top suppliers.

Canada also supplies nearly 60% of all aluminum imported by the U.S.

Initially, Trump announced that there would be no exemptions to the steel and aluminum tariffs.

On March 11, he threatened to double tariffs on Canadian metals due to Canada’s decision to impose higher electricity charges on customers in three northern U.S. states in response to earlier U.S. tariffs.

However, Trump withdrew this plan just before it was set to take effect, as Canada agreed to suspend the extra energy charges.

During his first term in office, Trump had previously imposed 25% tariffs on steel and 10% on aluminum in 2018.

However, he later negotiated exemptions for several countries, including Australia, Canada, and Mexico.

Despite these exemptions, the U.S. International Trade Commission reported that tariffs raised the average price of steel and aluminum in the country by 2.4% and 1.6%, respectively.

Global Reactions to the Steel Tariffs

Within hours of the U.S. tariffs taking effect, Canada and the EU announced countermeasures.

Canada introduced a 25% tariff on an additional C$29.8 billion ($20 billion; £16 billion) worth of U.S. goods starting on March 13.

These tariffs include steel products valued at C$12.6 billion, along with sports equipment, computers, and cast iron items.

The EU’s retaliatory tariffs, set to take effect on April 1 and be fully implemented by April 13, target U.S. goods worth €26 billion (£22 billion).

The list of affected items includes “boats, bourbon, motorbikes,” as well as steel and aluminum products such as pipes, window frames, and tin foil.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen expressed regret over the measure, stating, “Tariffs are bad for business and worse for consumers.”

Trump, responding on his social media platform Truth Social, warned that if the EU did not remove its 50% tariff on American whiskey “immediately,” the U.S. would impose a 200% tariff on “all wines, Champagnes, and alcoholic products coming out of EU-represented countries.”

“This will be great for the Wine and Champagne businesses in the U.S.,” he added.

The UK, which exports significant amounts of steel to the U.S. each year, has taken a cautious stance.

Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer told lawmakers that the UK would adopt a “pragmatic approach” but stated that it would “keep all options on the table.”

China’s foreign ministry vowed to take “all necessary measures” to protect its interests, asserting that the U.S. tariffs violated World Trade Organization rules.

Tariffs on Canadian and Mexican Goods

Trump has already implemented 25% tariffs on other goods from Canada and Mexico.

Originally set to take effect on February 4, these tariffs were delayed for a month to allow negotiations. They were officially implemented on March 4, alongside a 10% tariff on Canadian energy exports.

On March 5, Trump announced a one-month exemption for North American-made cars that comply with the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA).

This trade pact, negotiated by Trump during his first term, establishes rules on how much of a vehicle must be produced within North America to qualify for tariff-free treatment.

The auto industry had warned that tariffs on Canadian and Mexican goods could have significant consequences, as vehicle components frequently cross borders multiple times before assembly.

After Trump’s exemption announcement, shares in major U.S. automakers surged.

On March 6, Trump expanded the exemption to cover other goods covered by USMCA, including televisions, air conditioners, avocados, and beef.

Additionally, Trump reduced tariffs on potash, a key fertilizer ingredient, from 25% to 10%.

Canada’s Response to the Additional Tariffs

Outgoing Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau accused Trump of attempting “a total collapse of the Canadian economy [to] make it easier to annex us.”

He announced immediate retaliatory tariffs on C$30 billion ($21 billion; £16 billion) worth of U.S. imports, with plans for further measures totaling C$125 billion within three weeks.

However, after Trump granted additional exemptions, Canada delayed the second phase of tariffs.

Trudeau’s successor, Mark Carney, also criticized the tariffs as “unjustified” and stated, “In trade, as in hockey, Canada will win.”

Ontario Premier Doug Ford initially planned to impose a 25% surcharge on electricity exports to three U.S. states—Michigan, New York, and Minnesota—in retaliation.

However, these plans were shelved after Trump threatened to double tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum.

Mexico’s Response

Mexico postponed its retaliatory tariffs during the initial negotiation period.

President Claudia Sheinbaum urged calm, stating that “cooler heads will prevail” despite Trump’s actions.

She also agreed to deploy 10,000 troops along the U.S.-Mexico border to curb smuggling.

Following the implementation of tariffs on March 4, Sheinbaum declared them “unjustified” and promised a response involving “tariff and non-tariff measures.”

Before these countermeasures could be announced, Trump unveiled exemptions for carmakers and other goods, which Sheinbaum welcomed.

While Trump has been critical of Trudeau, he has praised Sheinbaum, describing their relationship as “very good.”

China’s Retaliatory Measures

A 10% tariff on all Chinese imports to the U.S. began on February 4.

Trump later announced an exemption for shipments valued under $800.

On February 10, China responded with tariffs of 10-15% on select U.S. agricultural products and imposed export controls on American aviation, defense, and tech firms.

The U.S. tariff doubled to 20% on March 4.

China urged the U.S. to resume negotiations, warning that if America continued a trade war, China would “fight them to the bitter end,” according to foreign ministry spokesperson Lin Jian.

Trump Signs Executive Order to Eliminate Seven Federal Agencies

President Trump signed an executive order on Friday aimed at dissolving seven federal agencies, including those overseeing media, libraries, museums, and homelessness initiatives.

The directive instructs these government entities to be “eliminated to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law,” asserting that they should “reduce the performance of their statutory functions and associated personnel.” Agency heads are required to submit a compliance report to the Office of Management and Budget within seven days.

Among the agencies targeted is the U.S. Agency for Global Media, which oversees Voice of America (VOA). The order also seeks to dismantle the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a think tank within the Smithsonian Institution, and the Institute of Museum and Library Services, which provides support to libraries, archives, and museums nationwide.

Additionally, the executive action eliminates the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, which works to prevent and address homelessness across the country. Other agencies affected include the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service, which helps resolve labor disputes and work stoppages, the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, which promotes economic opportunities in underserved communities, and the Minority Business Development Agency, which supports the growth of minority-owned businesses.

Trump’s decision has raised concerns about the future of VOA, particularly following his selection of former Arizona gubernatorial and Senate candidate Kari Lake to lead the outlet. Speaking at the Conservative Political Action Conference last month, Lake assured that under her leadership, the international broadcaster would not become “Trump TV.”

While the president does not directly appoint VOA’s leader, Trump has nominated conservative activist L. Brent Bozell III to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media. If confirmed by the Senate, Bozell would have the authority to appoint Lake to the position.

The U.S. Agency for Global Media also supervises Radio Free Asia, which broadcasts and publishes content for audiences in Asia, serving as a countermeasure against Chinese state propaganda.

The Trump administration has been pursuing a broad restructuring of the federal government, with tech billionaire Elon Musk leading efforts to cut spending and reduce the workforce. However, these efforts have faced legal challenges. On Thursday, federal judges in Maryland and Northern California issued rulings blocking mass dismissals of government employees.

In response, the White House announced on Friday that it would appeal the court decisions, which have required the administration to reinstate probationary federal workers.

Indian-Origin Women Anita Anand and Kamal Khera Appointed to Key Ministerial Positions in Mark Carney’s Cabinet

Anita Anand and Kamal Khera, both of Indian origin, have been assigned significant ministerial roles in the newly formed cabinet led by Prime Minister Mark Carney. The former central banker and leader of the Liberal Party took the oath of office on Friday, heading a 24-member cabinet that succeeds Justin Trudeau’s larger 37-member team.

Anand, 58, has been appointed as Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry, while Khera, 36, will now serve as Minister of Health. Both ministers were retained from Trudeau’s cabinet but have been reassigned to new portfolios.

Anand conveyed her enthusiasm for her new responsibilities, remarking, “We know that negativity won’t pay the rent or the mortgage. Negativity won’t bring down the price of groceries. Negativity won’t win a trade war. We are united and strong and we will immediately get to work.”

Kamal Khera: A Young Leader in Canadian Politics

Khera, originally from Delhi, immigrated to Canada with her family while she was still in school. She later pursued a Bachelor of Science degree at York University in Toronto.

Elected to the Canadian Parliament in 2015 as the Member of Parliament for Brampton West, Khera became one of the youngest women to achieve this milestone. Over the years, she has served as Minister of Seniors and held several parliamentary secretary positions.

With a background in healthcare, Khera is also a registered nurse. During the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic, she volunteered at a long-term care facility, reinforcing her commitment to public service. Expressing her gratitude for her latest ministerial role, she shared on X, “As a nurse, my top priority is to always be there to support my patients, and that’s the same mentality I’ll bring every day to the role of Minister of Health. Extremely grateful for the confidence of PM @MarkJCarney.”

Anita Anand’s Political Journey

Anand was considered a strong contender to succeed Justin Trudeau as the leader of the Liberal Party. However, she initially announced her departure from politics, only to reverse her decision on March 1, citing Canada’s “crucial moment in history.”

Raised in Nova Scotia before moving to Ontario in 1985, Anand made her political debut in 2019 when she was elected as the Member of Parliament for Oakville. Over the years, she has taken on several high-profile roles, including President of the Treasury Board, Minister of National Defence, and Minister of Public Services and Procurement.

The official website of the Prime Minister of Canada outlines her distinguished legal and academic career, stating, “Anand has worked as a scholar, lawyer, and researcher. She has been a Professor of Law at the University of Toronto, where she held the J R Kimber Chair in Investor Protection and Corporate Governance.”

A Smaller Cabinet

Carney’s newly formed cabinet consists of 13 men and 11 women, making it a more compact team compared to the 37-member cabinet under Trudeau. The Prime Minister underscored the significance of a streamlined approach to governance, declaring, “Canada, meet your new cabinet. We’ve built a smaller, focused, and experienced team that is made to meet this moment.”

As Carney’s government begins its tenure, the presence of Indo-Canadian leaders in pivotal roles continues to underscore Canada’s commitment to diversity and inclusive representation in politics.

Zelensky Accuses Russia of Stalling Ceasefire Talks to Prolong War

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has accused Russia of deliberately delaying negotiations on a Ukraine ceasefire, claiming that Moscow aims to ensure diplomacy collapses so that the conflict continues.

Meanwhile, Ukraine’s military has refuted claims that its forces are encircled in Russia’s Kursk region. This denial comes after former U.S. President Donald Trump appealed to Russian President Vladimir Putin to spare the lives of what he described as thousands of “surrounded” Ukrainian troops.

In response to Trump’s plea, Putin stated that Russia would allow Ukrainian soldiers in Kursk to live, provided they surrender and lay down their weapons.

During a press briefing following the G7 summit in Canada, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio expressed cautious optimism regarding a potential Ukraine ceasefire but emphasized that further efforts are required to finalize an agreement.

Trump had earlier noted that discussions between the United States and Putin, held in Moscow on Thursday, had been “good and productive.”

The war in Ukraine began with Russia’s full-scale invasion three years ago. Since then, the conflict has evolved significantly, with ongoing military engagements and diplomatic efforts attempting to bring an end to the hostilities.

Pope Francis Extends Catholic Church Reform Process Amid Health Challenges

Pope Francis has given his approval for a new three-year reform process within the Catholic Church, demonstrating his commitment to continuing in his role despite spending a month in the hospital due to pneumonia.

The Vatican revealed on Saturday that the 88-year-old pontiff had signed off on the reform plans earlier in the week while still admitted to Rome’s Gemelli hospital. His hospitalization, which began on February 14, marks the longest period he has spent in medical care since being elected pope 12 years ago.

Central to these reforms is the discussion on expanding the roles of women within the Church, including the possibility of ordaining them as deacons. Another significant aspect of the initiative is increasing the participation of laypeople in governance and decision-making processes.

These reforms are being evaluated through the Synod of Bishops, a structure that has served as Pope Francis’ primary tool for advancing his pastoral vision. Throughout his papacy, he has aimed to involve Catholics from around the world in efforts to renew and reshape the Church.

In October 2023 and 2024, two Vatican assemblies convened for nearly a month each to deliberate on these issues. Notably, these meetings included female voting members for the first time in history. The discussions resulted in a final document approved by the pope, which left the question of ordaining female deacons unresolved. Deacons perform many of the duties of priests, except for celebrating Mass and hearing confessions. The document, however, reaffirmed that women should be granted every leadership opportunity available to them under Church law.

With his latest decision, Pope Francis is extending the reform process by another three years, culminating in an “ecclesial assembly” in October 2028 at the Vatican. Unlike a traditional Synod of Bishops, this gathering will bring together bishops, clergy, monks, friars, nuns, and laypeople.

By the time the assembly takes place, Pope Francis will be 91 years old. This timeline suggests that a conclave to elect a new pope could occur while the reform process is still underway. If that happens, the newly chosen pontiff would inherit the responsibility of carrying forward the reforms initiated by Francis.

Additionally, the pope’s decision serves as a response to bishops and senior Church leaders who have quietly opposed his reform agenda.

Cardinal Mario Grech, who heads the Holy See’s synod office, highlighted the significance of the new plans, particularly for local churches. “These plans offer dioceses that have invested less in the synodal path an opportunity to recover the steps not yet taken and to form their own synodal teams,” he stated.

Despite his hospitalization, Pope Francis has continued to exercise his authority over the Catholic Church. He has signed official documents from his hospital room, held meetings with two of his top aides, and appointed bishops.

On Saturday, the Vatican provided an update on the pope’s health, stating that he remains in stable condition and has shown “gradual improvements.” Although he still requires treatment, the need for non-invasive mechanical ventilation—used to aid his breathing at night—has decreased. Vatican officials have expressed confidence in his recovery.

Nevertheless, Francis’ prolonged hospitalization has been a source of concern within the Vatican. His 30-day stay marks the longest period he has spent in medical care, though it remains shorter than the 55 days Pope John Paul II was hospitalized at Gemelli.

Judge Orders Reinstatement of Thousands of Federal Workers Fired by Trump Administration

A federal judge ruled Thursday night that thousands of federal employees dismissed under the Trump administration must be temporarily reinstated.

U.S. District Judge James Bredar in Maryland issued a temporary restraining order against multiple federal agencies, departments, and their leadership, which had terminated workers as part of a workforce reduction initiative.

“In this case, the government conducted massive layoffs, but it gave no advance notice. It claims it wasn’t required to because, it says, it dismissed each one of these thousands of probationary employees for ‘performance’ or other individualized reasons,” Bredar stated in his ruling.

“On the record before the Court, this isn’t true. There were no individualized assessments of employees. They were all just fired. Collectively,” he added.

Earlier that day, a separate federal judge in California directed several federal departments, including Veterans Affairs, Defense, Energy, Interior, Agriculture, and Treasury, to reinstate thousands of probationary employees who had been terminated the previous month. The Justice Department responded by filing a notice of appeal in that case.

Bredar’s order specifically applies to 12 federal departments that dismissed probationary workers. These include the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, Education, Energy, Health and Human Services, Homeland Security, Housing and Urban Development, Interior, Labor, Transportation, Treasury, and Veterans Affairs.

Additionally, the ruling covers recently terminated probationary workers at several federal agencies, including the U.S. Agency for International Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the General Services Administration, and the Small Business Administration.

Bredar set a deadline of March 17 at 1 p.m. ET for these agencies to reinstate the affected employees.

The judge acknowledged the scale of his ruling, considering the government had dismissed approximately 200,000 probationary employees—workers who were either newly hired or had recently changed positions—since Donald Trump assumed office in January.

“The Court is not blind to the practical reality that the relief being ordered today will have far-reaching impacts on the federal workforce and will require the Government to expend considerable resources in an effort to undo the [reductions in force] that have been put into place,” Bredar noted.

“When, as is likely the case here, the Government has engaged in an illegal scheme spanning broad swaths of the federal workforce, it is inevitable that the remediation of that scheme will itself be a significant task,” he continued.

A coalition of Democratic attorneys general had initiated the lawsuit, seeking a temporary restraining order that would reinstate the terminated employees. They argued that the Trump administration had disregarded established protocols in executing mass terminations of federal workers.

However, Bredar ruled that certain federal entities, including the Defense Department, the Office of Personnel Management, and the National Archives, would not be subject to his order. He cited “insufficient evidence” that a workforce reduction had taken place at these agencies.

California Attorney General Rob Bonta expressed support for the ruling in a post on X, formerly known as Twitter.

“We’re pleased with the court’s decision to restrain the Trump Admin’s reckless directive and we’ll continue to monitor and ensure compliance,” he wrote.

The White House has yet to provide a response to the ruling.

Senate Passes GOP-Drafted Funding Bill, Averting Government Shutdown

The Senate voted primarily along party lines on Friday to pass the House Republican-drafted bill funding the government through September, narrowly avoiding a shutdown just hours before the deadline.

President Trump is expected to sign the measure into law.

The final vote stood at 54-46, with two Democratic caucus members—Sen. Jeanne Shaheen (D-N.H.), who is set to retire at the end of her term, and Sen. Angus King (I-Maine), who caucuses with Democrats—siding with Republicans. Meanwhile, Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) voted against the bill.

With the passage of this legislation, Congress will not have to address government funding again until the fall. This clears the path for Republicans to focus on advancing Trump’s policy agenda, including securing funds for border security and extending the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

The House narrowly approved the spending bill on Tuesday with a 217-213 vote, with only one Democrat supporting it.

The bill’s passage in the Senate followed intense internal debate among Senate Democrats, as the package had been crafted in the House without any Democratic input.

The legislation increases defense spending by $6 billion while boosting funds for border enforcement. However, it also includes a $13 billion cut to nondefense spending.

A key concern for many Democrats was the absence of language directing the Trump administration on how to allocate these funds. Some Democratic lawmakers feared this would enable Trump and his advisors to redirect money according to their own priorities, rather than congressional intent.

Senate Democrats, led by Sen. Patty Murray (D-Wash.), the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, and Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), the ranking member of the Senate Budget Committee, urged their colleagues to reject the House’s proposal in favor of a clean 30-day stopgap funding measure.

Merkley strongly opposed the House bill, telling CNN he was “hell no” on supporting it.

He argued that passing the Republican-crafted legislation would only serve to embolden Trump and Elon Musk, the head of the Department of Government Efficiency.

“You don’t stop a bully by handing over your lunch money, and you don’t stop a tyrant by giving him more power,” Merkley said.

Leading progressives, including Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), joined the push to defeat the bill, rallying progressive activists against it.

Only centrist Sen. John Fetterman (D-Pa.) openly supported advancing the House bill early on, cautioning that a government shutdown could cause chaos and potentially push the country into a recession.

Throughout the week, Senate Democrats held lengthy lunch meetings to deliberate their approach to the funding impasse. The discussions became so heated that senators’ raised voices could be heard through the thick oak doors of the Lyndon Baines Johnson Room, located just off the Senate floor.

With Senate Republicans holding 53 seats, they needed at least eight Democratic votes to break a filibuster and proceed to a final vote—especially after Paul announced his opposition to the House bill.

Filibuster rules typically require 60 votes to advance controversial legislation.

House Republicans, after passing their funding bill on Tuesday, adjourned and made it clear they would not return to Washington before the Friday deadline.

This left Senate Democrats in a difficult position—if they blocked the House bill, a government shutdown was almost inevitable.

The bill’s fate remained uncertain until Thursday, when Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) announced on the Senate floor that he would support advancing the measure.

Schumer acknowledged the bill was “very bad” but argued that a government shutdown would be “much, much worse.”

He warned that a shutdown would grant Trump and Musk “carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now.”

Schumer later told reporters that efforts to pass a clean 30-day stopgap funding bill failed to secure any Republican support.

Schumer’s decision prompted strong backlash from liberal Democrats, particularly Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), who accused him of a “betrayal.”

“There is a deep sense of outrage and betrayal,” Ocasio-Cortez told reporters after learning of Schumer’s stance.

“And this is not just about progressive Democrats. This is across the board, the entire party,” she added.

Ocasio-Cortez expressed frustration that House Democrats in competitive districts, where Trump won in 2024, had taken politically risky votes against the bill earlier in the week—only for Senate Democrats to give in.

She argued those vulnerable House Democrats “took a tough vote to defend the American people, in order to defend Social Security, Medicaid and Medicare, just to see some Senate Democrats” give in to Musk’s demands.

“I think it is a huge slap in the face,” she said.

Fetterman, in response to Ocasio-Cortez’s criticism, dismissed her concerns and questioned whether she had a viable strategy to end a government shutdown.

“I hope you can relay how little I care about her views on this,” Fetterman said when asked about her comments.

“I’m going to stand on what I happen to believe is the right thing to do, but ask her, ‘What’s the exit plan once we shut the government down?’ What about all the millions of Americans who are going to have their lives damaged?”

He also noted that federal employees would be affected by a shutdown, pointing out that Ocasio-Cortez would still receive her paycheck.

With Schumer’s support providing political cover, eight other Democrats ultimately voted to advance the bill.

Along with Schumer, those voting in favor included Sens. Catherine Cortez Masto (D-Nev.), Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), Maggie Hassan (D-N.H.), Gary Peters (D-Mich.), Brian Schatz (D-Hawaii), Shaheen, and Fetterman. King, an Independent who caucuses with Democrats, also voted to bring the measure to a final vote.

Before final passage, the Senate debated and rejected several proposed amendments.

Sen. Tammy Duckworth (D-Ill.) sponsored an amendment seeking to reinstate veterans who had been dismissed from federal jobs under Trump.

Sen. Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.) introduced an amendment to dismantle the Department of Government Efficiency.

Merkley put forward an amendment that would have reversed the $20 billion reduction in IRS tax enforcement funding, a provision inserted by House Republicans.

Paul also proposed an amendment that would have codified the Department of Government Efficiency’s recommended cuts to foreign aid.

Ultimately, Senate Republicans successfully blocked all Democratic amendments, while a bipartisan majority defeated Paul’s proposal. Any modifications to the bill would have required it to return to the House for final approval, delaying its enactment beyond the funding deadline.

Trump Orders Airstrikes on Houthi-Held Areas in Yemen, Vows ‘Overwhelming Lethal Force’

President Donald Trump announced that he had ordered airstrikes targeting Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen on Saturday, vowing to continue using “overwhelming lethal force” until the Iran-backed rebels cease their attacks on ships navigating a crucial maritime route. According to the Houthis, the strikes resulted in the deaths of at least 18 civilians.

“Our brave Warfighters are right now carrying out aerial attacks on the terrorists’ bases, leaders, and missile defenses to protect American shipping, air, and naval assets, and to restore Navigational Freedom,” Trump stated in a social media post. “No terrorist force will stop American commercial and naval vessels from freely sailing the Waterways of the World.”

Trump also issued a stern warning to Iran, demanding that it stop providing support to the Houthi rebels. He promised to hold Iran “fully accountable” for its role in backing the group. His decision to take military action follows a recent attempt to engage Iran diplomatically. Two weeks earlier, he had sent a letter to Iranian leaders proposing renewed negotiations over Iran’s nuclear program, which he has repeatedly insisted he will not allow to become operational.

The airstrikes took place on Saturday evening, targeting multiple Houthi strongholds, including the capital Sanaa and Saada province in the north, which borders Saudi Arabia. Additional strikes were reported early Sunday in those regions, along with attacks in the provinces of Hodeida, Bayda, and Marib. Images circulating online depicted plumes of black smoke rising over the Sanaa airport complex, an area that includes a large military installation.

The Houthi-run health ministry reported that at least 18 people were killed in the attacks—13 in Sanaa and five in Saada. Additionally, 24 others sustained injuries, with nine wounded in Sanaa and 15 in Saada.

A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, indicated that these airstrikes were just the beginning of an ongoing military operation targeting Houthi positions. The official did not specify how long the campaign would last.

Despite the strikes, Houthi officials maintained that they would not back down. Nasruddin Amer, the deputy head of the group’s media office, stated that the airstrikes would not deter them and vowed retaliation against the United States. “Sanaa will remain Gaza’s shield and support and will not abandon it no matter the challenges,” Amer wrote in a social media post.

Mohamed Abdulsalam, another Houthi spokesman, dismissed Trump’s claims that the rebels posed a threat to international shipping routes, calling them “false and misleading” in a post on X.

The latest escalation follows a statement from the Houthis days earlier in which they declared their intent to resume targeting Israeli vessels sailing near Yemen. They cited Israel’s ongoing blockade of Gaza as their reason for renewing hostilities. Their warning covered a wide geographical area, including the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and the Arabian Sea.

However, no additional Houthi attacks have been reported since that announcement.

Earlier in the month, Israel had suspended the flow of aid into Gaza and warned of “additional consequences” for Hamas if the fragile ceasefire between the two sides was not extended. Talks are ongoing about entering a second phase of the ceasefire agreement.

Between late 2023—when the war between Israel and Hamas erupted—and January of this year, when the ceasefire was put in place, the Houthis had carried out attacks on over 100 merchant vessels. These assaults, which included the use of missiles and drones, led to the sinking of two ships and the deaths of four sailors. The Houthis targeted both military and civilian ships during this period.

The attacks have helped the group raise its international profile even as Yemen remains locked in a prolonged and devastating war. The country, the poorest in the Arab world, has faced years of conflict and humanitarian crises.

Following Saturday’s U.S. strikes, the Houthi media office claimed that a residential area in Sanaa’s northern Shouab district was among the targets. Residents described scenes of devastation, with at least four powerful explosions hitting the Eastern Geraf neighborhood. Women and children were reportedly terrified by the blasts.

“The explosions were very strong,” said Abdallah al-Alffi, a local resident. “It was like an earthquake.”

Eastern Geraf is known to house key Houthi military facilities as well as the group’s political headquarters. These sites are located within a densely populated part of the city.

Later on Saturday, the Houthis reported additional airstrikes in Yemen’s southwestern Dhamar province. According to their statements, the strikes hit areas on the outskirts of the provincial capital, also named Dhamar, as well as the district of Abs.

The U.S., along with Israel and the United Kingdom, has previously launched military strikes on Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen. However, Israel’s military declined to comment on Saturday’s operation.

A U.S. official confirmed that this latest strike campaign was conducted solely by the U.S. military. It marks the first time Trump has ordered an attack against the Yemen-based Houthis since the start of his second term.

Broad missile strikes like these were also carried out under the Biden administration. They were launched in response to repeated Houthi attacks on both commercial and military vessels operating in the region.

Saturday’s air operation was supported by the USS Harry S. Truman carrier strike group. The group, stationed in the Red Sea, consists of the aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman, three Navy destroyers, and one cruiser. The USS Georgia, a guided-missile submarine, has also been deployed in the region.

Trump revealed the military action while spending the day at his Trump International Golf Club in West Palm Beach, Florida.

“These relentless assaults have cost the U.S. and World Economy many BILLIONS of Dollars while, at the same time, putting innocent lives at risk,” he wrote in a social media post.

The situation remains fluid, with expectations that U.S. airstrikes will continue in an effort to suppress further Houthi attacks on international shipping. However, with the Houthis promising retaliation, the risk of further escalation in the region remains high.

Connecticut’s First BATMAN Procedure Marks Major Milestone in Cardiac Care

In a groundbreaking medical achievement, Dr. Amit Vora and Dr. Prashanth Vallabhajosyula at Yale New Haven Hospital have successfully conducted Connecticut’s first BATMAN procedure (Balloon-Assisted Translocation of the Mitral Anterior Leaflet). This marks a significant advancement in the treatment of complex mitral valve disease.

Dr. Vora, MD, MPH, who serves as Assistant Professor of Medicine (Cardiovascular Medicine), and Dr. Vallabhajosyula, MD, MS, an Associate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Director of the Aortic Institute, led the procedure alongside Samuel Reinhardt, MD, and John Forrest, MD, the director of the Structural Heart Program.

The BATMAN procedure represents an innovative transcatheter technique that modifies or repositions the anterior mitral leaflet with the aid of balloon assistance. This adjustment enhances leaflet coaptation, effectively reducing mitral regurgitation. Unlike existing treatments such as MitraClip or transcatheter mitral valve replacement (TMVR), BATMAN is specifically designed to overcome anatomical challenges that have traditionally restricted treatment options.

Dr. Eric Velazquez, MD, chief of cardiovascular medicine at Yale and physician-in-chief of the Heart and Vascular Center, emphasized the significance of this achievement, stating, “The Yale team’s successful execution of this advanced treatment underscores our commitment to pioneering cardiac care as an academic health system.”

The procedure is intended for patients experiencing severe mitral regurgitation (MR), particularly those who face anatomical complexities or comorbidities that make conventional surgical procedures or standard transcatheter treatments unsuitable.

Dr. Nita Ahuja, MD, MBA, FACS, who chairs the Department of Surgery at Yale School of Medicine and serves as chief of Surgery at Yale New Haven Hospital, commended the teamwork that made the achievement possible. “This milestone highlights the collaborative efforts of our multidisciplinary team and our focus on delivering innovative solutions to improve patient outcomes,” she remarked.

Rashmika Mandanna’s Unstoppable Box Office Run

Over the past three years, three of the highest-grossing Hindi films have had little in common in terms of genre and setting. One is a brutal revenge drama, another a pan-India action film, and the most recent, a historical epic. Despite these differences in narrative and industry, they share a common factor—Rashmika Mandanna as the female lead. The actress has been a part of Animal, Pushpa 2: The Rule, and Chhaava, all of which have dominated the box office.

Rashmika Mandanna’s Remarkable Box Office Achievement

Over the past 16 months, Rashmika has appeared in three theatrical releases, all of which have turned out to be massive blockbusters. Together, these films have amassed over ₹3300 crore at the box office, with Chhaava continuing to build on its ₹700-crore gross. What makes her success even more significant is that despite her roots in Kannada and Telugu cinema, she has managed to perform exceptionally well in the Hindi market. Each of these three films—Animal, Pushpa 2, and Chhaava—has set collection records in Hindi.

In terms of individual box office performance, Pushpa 2 earned ₹812 crore net in Hindi, Animal secured ₹503 crore, and Chhaava has already reached ₹532 crore. This combined total of ₹1850 crore positions Rashmika as the highest-grossing Bollywood star in recent times.

Outpacing Veterans and Peers

For years after Priyanka Chopra shifted her base to the U.S., Deepika Padukone remained Bollywood’s box office queen, facing some competition from Katrina Kaif and Kangana Ranaut. Among the newer generation, Alia Bhatt has managed to stay ahead of her peers. However, in the past two years, none have been able to match Rashmika’s success at the box office.

Deepika has come close, with her five films earning a cumulative ₹1800 crore in Hindi since 2023. Meanwhile, Alia’s films during the same period have grossed ₹300 crore domestically. This comparison highlights how Rashmika has outpaced not only her contemporaries but also established stars in the industry.

What Lies Ahead for Rashmika in 2025

Some may argue that these films’ success is largely due to the immense popularity of their male leads, but the same argument applies to Deepika and Kareena Kapoor’s films in the same period. The fact that Rashmika is now one of the top choices for major commercial films with superstar male leads reflects her growing influence in the industry.

Looking ahead, the actress is set to star alongside Salman Khan in Sikandar, a film that is expected to further elevate her box office standing. Additionally, she has Thama, a horror-comedy produced by Maddock Films, as well as Kubera, a pan-India action film, in the pipeline. At just 28 years old, Rashmika Mandanna’s career trajectory suggests that her dominance at the box office is only just beginning.

PM Modi Congratulates IIFA Awards on 25 Years, Highlights Cinema’s Global Impact

Prime Minister Narendra Modi extended his congratulations to the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards as it celebrated its 25th edition. The silver jubilee event was held in Udaipur, Rajasthan. In a special letter addressed to the IIFA Awards, PM Modi expressed his support for the Indian film industry and acknowledged its contributions to global cinema.

PM Modi emphasized the significance of the milestone, stating, “I am pleased to learn about the 25th edition of the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards. This two-and-a-half-decade journey reflects the commitment of all those who have contributed towards making IIFA a truly global phenomenon—producers, directors, artists, musicians, technicians, and other industry professionals, and most importantly, audiences worldwide.”

Discussing the role of Indian cinema on the global stage, he highlighted its ability to narrate powerful stories and represent India’s diverse culture. “Cinema is one of India’s most powerful storytelling mediums, offering the world a glimpse into our rich heritage, diverse culture, and evolving societal landscape. Through its grandeur, depth, and artistic brilliance, Indian cinema has captivated global audiences, becoming a vehicle of India’s rich storytelling traditions and serving as a bridge between cultures.”

The Prime Minister also praised IIFA’s role in expanding the reach of Indian cinema internationally. “Over the years, IIFA has not only celebrated the best of Indian cinema but has also played a crucial role in spreading its vibrancy to various iconic cities of the world. This has helped introduce the magic of Indian cinema to newer audiences, while reinforcing India’s standing as a powerhouse of artistic excellence.”

Addressing the growth of the Indian film industry in recent years, PM Modi acknowledged the government’s continued efforts to support it. “We have consistently worked to support and promote the film industry and will continue to do so. The recognition of cinema as a vital cultural export of our nation has led to policies that encourage and support the industry.”

He also pointed out the increasing global recognition of Indian films. “The last few years have witnessed remarkable growth in Indian cinema. Our film industry, across various languages, has expanded its reach, with Indian films receiving unprecedented recognition at international festivals and achieving record-breaking commercial success worldwide. With advancements in digital technology, Indian content has reached audiences across continents, further strengthening the appeal of our cinema and stories.”

PM Modi concluded by recognizing the role of IIFA in honoring cinematic achievements and fostering young talent. “Platforms like IIFA awards ensure that such cinematic brilliance is celebrated and encouraged. IIFA has also played a role in nurturing young and aspiring talent in the industry. By providing a platform where new artists, filmmakers, and technicians can showcase their craft alongside seasoned global professionals, IIFA has encouraged the next generation of artists to learn from the best as well as connect with them.”

The letter was shared on IIFA Awards’ official Instagram account, where it was described as a “moment of pride and recognition.”

Trump’s Approval Ratings Hold Steady Despite Chaotic Start and Tariff Wars

Donald Trump’s presidential approval ratings remained stable throughout his first month in office, despite a tumultuous beginning that involved mass government layoffs, surging egg prices, stock market volatility, and escalating global tariff conflicts.

On Wednesday, Trump implemented a sweeping 25% tariff on steel and aluminum, asserting that these measures were necessary to address trade imbalances and rejuvenate domestic industries. In response, Canada and Europe swiftly retaliated with billions in countertariffs.

In a recent address to Congress, Trump acknowledged that his presidency had begun at a rapid and intense pace. He defended many of his administration’s contentious policies, including substantial government spending cuts, widespread layoffs, the elimination of diversity and inclusion initiatives in workplaces and schools, the 25% tariffs levied on Canada and Mexico, and his stringent stance on immigration and border security. Trump described his approach as a “swift and unrelenting” start.

The latest Gallup poll showed that Trump’s job approval rating averaged 46% since the beginning of his second term. By comparison, his first-term average stood at 41%. Throughout both terms, his approval ratings have fluctuated between a low of 34% and a high of 49%.

A Reuters/Ipsos poll found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s first month in office. Reports also indicated that his current approval ratings surpass those from his first term and exceed those of his predecessor, former President Joe Biden.

Breaking down specific policies, the Reuters poll revealed that 47% of respondents approved of Trump’s immigration approach, while 42% disapproved.

According to the ABC News project538 poll, Trump’s approval rating as of Friday morning stood at 47.7%. The same poll indicated that 54.4% of Americans disapproved of Congress. Additionally, Vice President JD Vance had a slightly higher disapproval rating, with 42.8% viewing him unfavorably compared to 40.8% who held a favorable opinion.

The recently imposed tariffs and ongoing stock market instability were expected to influence Trump’s approval ratings. Here’s a look at how Americans currently perceive his performance based on recent polling data.

How Are Americans Reacting to Trump’s Presidency Amid Trade Conflicts?

A SSRS/CNN poll released Wednesday found that 45% of Americans approved of Trump’s overall job performance, while 54% disapproved. However, approval ratings varied depending on the issue. For instance, 51% of respondents approved of his immigration policies, 48% supported his management of the federal budget, and 45% approved of his economic policies.

Trump faced challenges in public perception regarding tariffs, as only 39% approved of his handling of trade policies, whereas 61% disapproved.

An Emerson College Polling survey conducted after Trump’s 50th day in office found that 47% of voters approved of his performance, while 45% disapproved. This represented a decline from the 49% approval and 41% disapproval ratings recorded at the start of his second term.

Visa Waiver Program Simplifies Travel to the US for Eligible Countries

Traveling to the United States often involves a complex visa process, but for citizens of specific nations, the Visa Waiver Program (VWP) offers a simplified and more efficient way to visit. This program allows eligible individuals to enter the US for tourism or business purposes without obtaining a visa, granting stays of up to 90 days.

The Visa Waiver Program facilitates international travel by easing entry requirements, strengthening diplomatic relations, and promoting economic and cultural exchanges between the US and participating nations.

US Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA)

Travelers under the Visa Waiver Program must secure authorization through the Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) before boarding their flights. ESTA pre-screens visitors to confirm they meet security and eligibility criteria for entering the US.

How to Apply for ESTA

To apply for ESTA, travelers must visit esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta and complete an online application form, which includes biographic details and eligibility-related questions. A $21 application fee is required, payable via MasterCard, VISA, American Express, Discover (JCB or Diners Club only), or PayPal.

When to Apply

Applicants should apply as soon as they begin planning their trip and must submit their application at least 72 hours before departure to avoid last-minute complications.

ESTA Application Status

Most applications receive real-time status updates. If denied, travelers must apply for a non-immigrant visa to enter the US.

Important ESTA Considerations

It is important to avoid applying for ESTA with a lost or stolen passport. Furthermore, obtaining ESTA authorization does not guarantee entry into the US. The final admission decision is made by US Customs and Border Protection officers upon arrival.

Countries Eligible for the US Visa Waiver Program

The following is the updated list of countries eligible for the US Visa Waiver Program in 2025:

  1. Andorra
  2. Andorran citizens can visit the US for up to 90 days under the Visa Waiver Program, making travel more convenient for tourism, business, or transit.
  3. Australia

Australia has long been a part of the program, allowing its citizens to enter the US without a visa. This arrangement strengthens economic, cultural, and diplomatic ties between the two nations.

  1. Austria

Austrian citizens benefit from the program by enjoying visa-free travel to the US. This enhances business and tourism connections between the two countries.

  1. Belgium

Belgium, home to the European Union headquarters, is part of the VWP. Its citizens can visit the US for business or leisure without a visa, simplifying transatlantic travel.

  1. Brunei

Brunei remains the only Southeast Asian country in the VWP, allowing its citizens visa-free entry to the US for short-term visits. This facilitates trade, tourism, and educational exchanges.

  1. Chile

Chile, the only South American country in the VWP since 2014, benefits from strengthened trade, tourism, and diplomatic ties with the US.

  1. Czech Republic

Czech citizens can enter the US visa-free for short-term visits, fostering business and tourism relationships.

  1. Croatia

Croatia joined the Visa Waiver Program in 2021, simplifying US travel and strengthening economic, tourism, and cultural ties.

  1. Denmark

Danish citizens enjoy visa-free travel to the US, reinforcing strong diplomatic relations.

  1. Estonia

Estonia, known for its digital advancements, is part of the program, enabling its citizens to travel visa-free to the US for up to 90 days.

  1. Finland

Finland has participated in the Visa Waiver Program for years, making travel easy for Finnish citizens while fostering international business and tourism.

  1. France

France is a key member of the VWP, allowing its citizens to visit the US without a visa, strengthening economic, educational, and cultural exchanges.

  1. Germany

Germany, a major economic power, benefits from its VWP status by facilitating seamless travel for its citizens, thereby boosting trade, tourism, and international cooperation.

  1. Greece

Greek citizens enjoy visa-free entry to the US, reinforcing historical and diplomatic ties.

  1. Hungary

Hungary’s participation in the program enables its citizens to visit the US without a visa, fostering tourism and economic collaboration.

  1. Iceland

Icelanders can travel to the US visa-free for up to 90 days, supporting business and tourism exchanges.

  1. Ireland

Ireland’s VWP membership strengthens cultural and economic ties by allowing its citizens easy access to the US.

  1. Italy

Italian citizens benefit from visa-free US travel for up to 90 days, facilitating tourism, business, and diplomacy.

  1. Israel

Israel joined the Visa Waiver Program in 2023, marking a milestone in US-Israel travel relations.

  1. Japan

Japan has been a long-time participant, allowing visa-free US travel and enhancing economic, technological, and cultural ties.

  1. Latvia

Latvia’s inclusion in the VWP fosters trade and diplomatic engagement with the US.

  1. Liechtenstein

Liechtenstein, despite its small size, enjoys VWP membership, facilitating business and leisure travel.

  1. Lithuania

Lithuania has participated in the VWP since 2008, strengthening economic and cultural exchanges.

  1. Luxembourg

Luxembourg’s VWP inclusion simplifies US travel for its citizens, promoting international business relations.

  1. Malta

Malta benefits from the program, allowing visa-free travel to the US for up to 90 days and encouraging tourism and trade.

  1. Monaco

Monaco’s citizens can travel to the US visa-free, supporting tourism and investment opportunities.

  1. Netherlands

Dutch citizens benefit from streamlined US entry, reinforcing economic and business ties.

  1. New Zealand

New Zealand’s participation enhances business, tourism, and academic exchanges between the two nations.

  1. Norway

Norwegian citizens enjoy easy travel to the US, reinforcing historical and economic ties.

  1. Poland

Poland joined the VWP in 2019, simplifying US travel for its citizens.

  1. Portugal

Portugal’s inclusion fosters tourism and business opportunities with the US.

  1. Qatar

Qatar became the first Gulf nation in the VWP in 2024, enhancing diplomatic and economic relations with the US.

  1. Romania

Romania is expected to join the program on March 31, 2025, enabling its citizens visa-free access to the US.

  1. San Marino

San Marino, one of the world’s smallest nations, enjoys visa-free travel to the US.

  1. Singapore

Singapore’s VWP membership strengthens business and tourism ties with the US.

  1. Slovakia

Slovakian citizens enjoy easy access to the US for business and tourism.

  1. Slovenia

Slovenia benefits from the program, making US travel more accessible for its citizens.

  1. South Korea

South Korea’s long-standing VWP membership strengthens business and tourism links with the US.

  1. Spain

Spain’s participation ensures smooth US travel for its citizens.

  1. Sweden

Swedish citizens enjoy visa-free travel, enhancing international cooperation.

  1. Switzerland

Switzerland’s VWP membership simplifies travel and boosts business ties.

  1. Taiwan

Taiwanese citizens benefit from visa-free travel, fostering trade and tourism.

  1. United Kingdom

The UK has long been part of the program, facilitating tourism, business, and diplomatic cooperation.

Conclusion

The Visa Waiver Program streamlines travel for citizens of participating nations, improving global mobility and fostering stronger diplomatic and economic relationships. Travelers must check ESTA requirements and comply with US entry regulations before their trip.

Federal Judges Facing Threats Amid Attacks on Judiciary Independence

Federal judges who have ruled against the Trump administration this year are experiencing a surge in threats, raising concerns about their personal safety and the broader independence of the judiciary.

Earlier this month, Supreme Court Justice Amy Coney Barrett’s sister received a bomb threat. Additionally, lower court judges who have temporarily halted aspects of President Trump’s efforts to dismantle federal agencies and programs have been targeted on social media.

Some Republican lawmakers aligned with Trump have even suggested impeachment proceedings against several of these judges, despite their lifetime appointments.

Elon Musk, who oversees the Department of Government Efficiency and has been instrumental in making cuts to federal agencies, has frequently posted on social media advocating for the impeachment of judges who obstruct or delay Trump’s initiatives.

These attempts to undermine the judiciary coincide with the administration’s moves to dismiss attorneys from the Justice Department and the Pentagon, penalize private law firms that have represented clients Trump opposes, and withdraw from engagement with the American Bar Association.

Judge Richard Sullivan of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit emphasized that in his lifetime, four federal judges have been murdered in retaliation for their judicial rulings.

“This is not hypothetical,” Sullivan stated during a news conference this week. As chair of a Judicial Conference panel on security matters, he underscored the gravity of the issue. “It’s real. It’s happened before. We have to be certain that it doesn’t happen again,” he added.

The Federal Judges Association, a voluntary organization representing over 1,000 judges nationwide, stressed the crucial role of the judiciary in upholding democracy and maintaining a lawful society.

“Judges must be able to do their jobs without fear of violence or undue influence,” the association asserted in a written statement to NPR.

Escalating Threats at an Early Stage

Legal experts have noted a disturbing trend: attacks on judges are occurring at a notably early stage in legal proceedings—sometimes even before the Supreme Court has had an opportunity to weigh in as the final arbiter.

“We have a system of justice that allows for appeals,” remarked Judge Jeffrey Sutton, chief judge of the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals. “That’s typically the way it works. Impeachment is not and shouldn’t be a short-circuiting of that process. And so it is concerning if impeachment is used in a way that is designed to do just that.”

Historically, only 15 federal judges have been impeached over the past two centuries, mostly for serious offenses such as bribery, corruption, or perjury.

Georgetown University law professor Stephen Vladeck pointed out that the likelihood of a judge being successfully impeached is minimal since removing a judge requires a two-thirds majority vote in the Senate.

“The more that people like Elon Musk are putting on the wall the idea that it’s appropriate to attack these judges for nothing more than ruling against the federal government, the more that we’re normalizing what really are in the main very serious threats to judicial independence,” Vladeck said.

The Rule of Law at Risk

Paul Grimm, who served as a federal judge for 26 years, argued that even the mere suggestion of impeachment can serve as an intimidation tactic.

“And if you try to intimidate judges, if that’s your goal, so that they do not do their constitutional duty, then you jeopardize the rule of law,” said Grimm, now the director of the Bolch Judicial Institute at Duke Law School. “And without the rule of law, every liberty and every right that we cherish as Americans is vulnerable.”

Grimm expressed particular concern about online posts revealing the personal addresses of judges and their family members, describing this as a severe transgression.

Nearly five years ago, a disgruntled litigant murdered the son of U.S. District Judge Esther Salas at her home in New Jersey.

In 2022, a man armed with a gun and zip ties traveled to the residence of Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Upon noticing a security detail, he turned away. He later pleaded not guilty to attempted assassination charges and is awaiting trial this year.

Additionally, in 2023, a state court judge in Maryland was shot and killed in his driveway.

Threats Linked to Judicial Decisions

The U.S. Marshals Service has reported a sharp increase in threats against federal judges, with numbers having doubled in recent years, according to the latest data. These threats have targeted judges appointed by both Democratic and Republican administrations.

Justice Barrett faced intense criticism this month from right-wing political commentators after she joined Chief Justice John Roberts and the court’s liberal justices in ruling against Trump’s attempt to freeze foreign aid.

Meanwhile, lower court judges have been subjected to online attacks for their rulings on Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) team, efforts to restore government web pages, and the freeze on foreign aid.

Although the U.S. Marshals are responsible for protecting federal judges, their oversight falls under the U.S. attorney general rather than the judiciary itself, a situation that has raised alarms in Congress.

“A judge’s security is dependent in many ways on the Marshals Service who the president appoints to protect the judges, and if a president doesn’t like a decision that’s coming from a judge, theoretically they could pull their security,” warned Rep. Eric Swalwell, a Democrat from California, during a congressional hearing this month.

This year, the Trump administration has already revoked security protections for former military and national security officials who had previously opposed Trump during his first term.

Swalwell suggested that Congress should explore the possibility of establishing an independent security force for judges, separate from the executive branch’s control.

Asia’s Oldest Laity Organisation Extends Prayers for Pope Francis Amid Growing Concerns in India

The All India Catholic Union (AICU), Asia’s oldest laity organisation, which has been in existence for 106 years, has offered its prayers and best wishes for the health of Pope Francis, the Supreme Pontiff of the Catholic Church.

During a working committee meeting held in Jharsuguda, Odisha, AICU highlighted the need for Pope Francis’s spiritual leadership, especially in the current global climate, where each continent is grappling with pressing challenges affecting its people. Issues such as climate change, violence, hate crimes, the ethical implications of artificial intelligence, and the ever-widening gap between the wealthy and the poor are matters of significant concern for the Holy Father.

Despite facing health challenges, Pope Francis continues to serve as a beacon of hope and healing for people worldwide.

AICU has urged both national and state governments in India to take inspiration from the Pope and actively work towards fostering peace and harmony. The organisation called for an end to hate speech, targeted violence, and the coercion of religious minorities and marginalised communities, including Dalits and indigenous populations, in regions across North, Central, and North-eastern India.

According to AICU, the responsibility falls upon the Union and state governments to ensure the safety of minorities and marginalised groups. Authorities must take proactive measures to prevent any form of violence and reassure these communities that their security is a priority.

The organisation also expressed deep concern over developments in Arunachal Pradesh, where efforts are underway to revive the Arunachal Pradesh Freedom of Religion Act, 1978. This law had remained dormant for 47 years, but its potential reinstatement has sparked protests among Christians in the state. Many fear that if the Act is enforced, it will disrupt the existing harmony among indigenous tribes and communities.

In Madhya Pradesh, Chief Minister Mohan Yadav recently announced plans to amend the state’s anti-conversion law, proposing that the conversion of girls be made a punishable offense carrying the death penalty.

Meanwhile, in Manipur, which has been placed under President’s Rule, AICU pointed out that concrete action is still lacking when it comes to rehabilitating over 60,000 internally displaced individuals who continue to live in makeshift camps without government support.

The organisation also noted reports from hate crime documentation groups, which recorded 834 incidents of violence against the Christian community in different states by December 2024. Among these states, Uttar Pradesh and Chhattisgarh have emerged as hotspots for widespread hate campaigns, brutal mob violence, and social ostracisation. AICU stressed that elements within the law enforcement and judicial systems are complicit in these attacks, with many incidents going unreported due to fear of retaliation in an environment of impunity and political backing.

Nevertheless, the AICU leadership remains firm in its belief that ordinary citizens of India are not the ones behind these hate campaigns and violent acts. Instead, the organisation stated that it is the responsibility of those in power to identify the individuals, groups, or organisations involved and ensure that they are held accountable.

Privatization of U.S. Postal Service Could Lead to Higher Rates and Reduced Service, Experts Say

If the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) were fully privatized, it would likely result in more frequent rate increases, reduced service days, and a restructured network resembling that of FedEx and UPS, according to industry experts.

Former President Donald Trump has proposed the idea of privatizing the nearly 250-year-old institution as part of efforts to address its financial losses. Elon Musk, CEO of Tesla and an influential figure in the Trump administration, also supported the idea during a recent Morgan Stanley conference, according to reports.

However, the prospect of privatization has drawn opposition from postal employees and lawmakers, who argue that it could jeopardize service in rural areas, raise costs, and threaten jobs within the agency. In a video message to USPS employees on February 25, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy acknowledged that any structural changes would ultimately be determined by Congress and the president.

“To the degree possible postal leadership will be involved, so that we ensure the nation’s leaders are aware of how future proposed changes may impact our organization’s ability to serve the American people,” DeJoy stated.

The State of USPS

USPS is already working toward financial stability through DeJoy’s 10-year “Delivering for America” plan, which involves various network adjustments aimed at reducing costs while increasing revenue from package deliveries. Despite these efforts, the agency continues to struggle.

In fiscal year 2024, USPS reported a loss of $9.5 billion, with 80% of the deficit attributed to factors beyond management’s control, such as unfunded pension liabilities. To address these challenges, DeJoy has advocated for administrative and legislative reforms, including changes to pension funding.

The Trump administration and lawmakers are now evaluating whether privatization—turning USPS into a profit-driven enterprise without regulatory constraints—would be beneficial for the country.

Despite its financial struggles, USPS remains a key component of the nation’s infrastructure. A 2018 report by a task force established during Trump’s first term emphasized that its delivery network “is a critical part of the nation’s infrastructure that cannot be replicated by private actors.”

Aaron Alpeter, founder of supply chain consultancy Izba, pointed out that defining USPS’s role is essential before making any structural changes.

“We have to really understand, what is the Post Office?” Alpeter said. “Is it meant to compete with commercial interests that are out there, or is meant to provide a safety net for things that commercial interests are not interested in?”

Currently, USPS faces operational constraints in its cost-cutting efforts. DeJoy noted last June that over half of its carrier routes operate at a loss. However, due to its universal service obligation, the agency cannot simply eliminate these routes, as it is legally required to deliver mail promptly and reliably across the country.

This obligation includes servicing costly-to-reach areas such as Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. Anthony Pizza, Vice President of Growth and Innovation at SpeedX, a parcel carrier that also operates in Hawaii, highlighted the inherent cost challenges in reaching such locations.

“There’s a certain floor for the cost to move things there,” Pizza explained.

Unlike private courier companies, USPS does not receive tax funding to cover the added expenses associated with delivering to remote areas. Any changes to its universal service obligation would require oversight by Congress and the Postal Regulatory Commission.

Even if privatized, USPS could still be required to maintain certain service standards. For instance, the privatized Royal Mail in the United Kingdom is mandated to deliver and collect letters six days a week at affordable rates.

“If we’re going to keep the service standards as they are today, you have to be very realistic to think about what privatization can actually accomplish,” said Derek Lossing, founder of Cirrus Global Advisors and a former Amazon Logistics leader. “Again, if you look at the Royal Mail, I don’t think it’s accomplished nearly what they thought it could.”

Potential Changes Under Privatization

Experts predict that a privatized USPS would likely scale back its six-day-a-week delivery service in less profitable rural areas to cut costs. This would align with the agency’s existing cost-reduction efforts in remote regions.

Another major shift could involve significantly reducing USPS’s physical footprint of over 33,000 post offices. Lossing suggested that, like UPS, the agency could shift to using local businesses as pickup and drop-off locations instead of maintaining standalone post offices.

“Your footprint would look more like a UPS or FedEx,” Lossing noted.

Expected Rate Hikes

Privatization would also likely lead to more aggressive rate increases. Analysts at Wells Fargo estimated that USPS would need to raise parcel delivery prices by at least 30% to achieve financial independence. Their February 27 research report indicated that USPS’s pricing was 25% to 60% lower than FedEx and UPS in the fourth quarter of 2024, depending on the service.

“I don’t know how they would be able to sustain delivery with the current price structure,” said Helaine Rich, Vice President of Strategic Sales and Administration at ePost Global.

While raising prices and cutting service days might help USPS improve its financial outlook, experts warned that such measures carry significant risks, especially in package delivery. If USPS reduces delivery days in certain areas, businesses and consumers may increasingly turn to alternative carriers.

On the other hand, USPS’s ability to reliably deliver to rural communities remains a competitive advantage, particularly for e-commerce companies seeking nationwide coverage, according to Lossing.

The Wells Fargo report also pointed out that substantial rate hikes by a privatized USPS could benefit competitors like FedEx and UPS by “increasing the floor for” delivery rates. Additionally, higher postage costs could accelerate declines in mail volume as businesses and individuals seek digital alternatives.

The Road Ahead

Instead of fully privatizing USPS, the U.S. government could opt for a partial approach by keeping the mail business under federal control while privatizing the package delivery segment, which competes with private companies. Several experts believe such a model could limit disruptions to mail service while allowing for competitive efficiencies in package shipping.

“I don’t see it happening, obviously, on the letter mail side of things,” Rich said regarding privatization.

No matter the approach, transitioning to a privatized model would be a lengthy process. Mark Waverek, Managing Partner at PlaidMark Management and Consulting Services, compared it to the multi-year restructuring efforts seen in countries like Germany.

“You just can’t snap your fingers and turn it on tomorrow,” Waverek said. “This is going to take a well-thought-out process of what those cuts are going to be, what it’s going to mean to the people on the service side [and] what alternatives are going to be in place. It’s going to take time.”

Electronics You Shouldn’t Pack in Your Carry-On: TSA Restrictions Explained

According to the Transportation Security Administration (TSA), most electronic devices can be packed in checked luggage. However, certain exceptions exist where electronic items are either entirely prohibited or fall into a gray area. Travelers should be aware of these restrictions to avoid potential consequences, which could range from confiscation to fines or even arrest. There’s even a website where TSA-confiscated items are sold, which might be useful if you want to retrieve something that was taken.

While many electronic items are permitted in carry-on luggage—and some are required to be placed there instead of in checked bags—a few exceptions apply. These include power tools, mobility devices, and even a specific model of smartphone. If you’re uncertain whether an item will be allowed through security, it’s always a good idea to check with the TSA beforehand. The agency’s policies frequently change, and this article reflects the rules in place at the time of writing. Additionally, while many of the electronics that are banned in carry-ons can still be checked, the regulations differ for electronics in checked baggage. Below is a list of eight electronic devices that the TSA does not allow in carry-on luggage.

Electric Lighters Require Special Handling in Carry-Ons

While traditional lighters, such as disposable Bic lighters and Zippo-style lighters, are permitted in carry-on bags, electric lighters face stricter rules. Although they may seem safer than lighters that rely on combustible fuel, electric lighters contain batteries, which the TSA closely regulates due to potential fire hazards. Cheap electronics, including many electric lighters, are particularly prone to a reaction known as thermal runaway, which can cause batteries to combust. A report from UL Standards & Engagement found that thermal runaway incidents on aircraft increased by 28% between 2019 and 2023, with 90% of these incidents occurring near passengers’ seats.

To bring an electric lighter, arc lighter, or e-lighter in your carry-on, you must take precautions to “prevent unintentional activation of the heating element while on board the aircraft,” according to the TSA. The agency suggests removing the battery or placing the lighter in a protective case. Charging an electric lighter on the plane is never allowed, even if it is stored properly. As with other security measures, whether your lighter is permitted ultimately depends on the TSA agent inspecting your bag.

Lighter Guns Are Completely Banned on Airplanes

Unlike standard electric lighters, lighters that resemble firearms are entirely prohibited on aircraft. Even if these lighters are not electric, they are banned from both carry-on and checked luggage.

This prohibition is likely due to multiple factors. First, gun-shaped lighters could cause confusion, potentially alarming airline staff or passengers. Additionally, a person with malicious intent could use a firearm-shaped lighter to intimidate others or commit a crime. In high-stakes situations, TSA agents or law enforcement officers may treat any object resembling a gun as a real threat. The ban on gun-shaped lighters is intended to protect both passengers and airline personnel.

Power Tools and Drills Must Be Checked

Although you may be comfortable handling power tools, they are not allowed in carry-on luggage. Power tools, including drills and drill bits, must be packed in checked baggage. A determined individual could easily turn a drill into a dangerous weapon, which is why the TSA enforces this restriction. Even though it may be inconvenient to check valuable tools, doing so is necessary to comply with security regulations.

However, power tool batteries are subject to different rules. The TSA states, “External battery chargers that don’t require electricity and spare, uninstalled lithium batteries must be packed in a carry-on bag.” This aligns with general TSA battery regulations, as most batteries must be transported in carry-on luggage rather than checked bags. If you need to travel with power tools, be sure to pack the tools themselves in a checked bag while placing the batteries in a protective case in your carry-on.

Samsung Galaxy Note 7 Is Still Prohibited in Carry-Ons

Samsung’s now-discontinued Galaxy Note series was once highly regarded for its productivity features, sleek design, and included S-Pen. However, one specific model, the Galaxy Note 7, remains banned from carry-on luggage due to safety concerns.

Released in 2016, the Galaxy Note 7 initially received positive reviews. However, the device quickly became infamous due to a major battery defect. A lack of shielding in some batteries and missing cells in others led to overheating and short-circuiting, causing fires and explosions. As reports of injuries and property damage mounted, the Department of Transportation issued a travel ban on the device in October 2016.

The ban remains in effect, and some believe Samsung never fully recovered from the public relations disaster. The incident is often cited as a reason why Samsung has been more conservative with battery sizes in its flagship phones since then.

Nail Guns Must Be Checked

For safety reasons, nail guns are only allowed in checked luggage. A nail gun could easily be repurposed as a dangerous weapon, making it unsuitable for carry-on luggage. Even if the tool is not loaded with nails, it remains prohibited.

This policy aligns with TSA restrictions on firearms, as even unloaded guns cannot be brought into an aircraft cabin. If you need to travel with a nail gun, place it in checked luggage. If the tool has a removable battery, pack the battery in your carry-on inside a protective case. TSA guidelines do not specifically mention nails, but since they are sharp objects, it’s best to pack them in checked baggage as well.

Tasers and Stun Guns Are Not Allowed in Carry-Ons

Tasers, stun guns, and other electroshock weapons are not permitted in carry-on luggage under any circumstances. However, they can be transported in checked luggage if precautions are taken to prevent accidental activation.

Even without batteries or a power source, these weapons remain banned from carry-on bags. The TSA prohibits them because they can incapacitate individuals, making them a security risk in an aircraft cabin. Allowing passengers to carry such weapons onboard would pose a safety threat, regardless of intent.

If a taser or stun gun is packed in a checked bag, the TSA requires that it be “transported in a manner that renders the device inoperable from accidental discharge.” A discharge in the cargo hold could cause a fire or lead to an emergency.

Metal Detectors Are Generally Discouraged in Carry-Ons

Unlike other electronics on this list, metal detectors exist in a gray area. While they are not explicitly banned, TSA guidelines discourage passengers from carrying them in their carry-on bags.

The likely reason is their size. Many metal detectors, especially those designed for hobbyists, have long poles and sensor arrays that make them difficult to store in overhead bins or under seats. To avoid potential issues, travelers are advised to check these items instead.

TSA also recommends contacting airlines before traveling with a metal detector, as policies may vary. It may also be wise to check with the TSA in advance, as regulations can change.

Battery-Powered Wheelchairs and Mobility Devices Must Be Checked

For individuals who rely on wheelchairs and mobility devices, special precautions are required when flying. Although these devices can be brought through security and used to reach the gate, they are not permitted in the aircraft cabin. Instead, airline staff provide accommodations to ensure passengers can board safely and retrieve their mobility devices upon arrival.

If a wheelchair or mobility device has a spillable battery, the TSA states that it may remain installed as long as it is “securely attached to the mobility device and the battery housing provides protection from damage, the terminals are protected from short circuit, and the battery remains in an upright position when stowed on the aircraft.” The TSA also advises travelers to consult relevant FAA regulations.

For lithium-ion batteries, additional precautions may be necessary. If the device lacks protective battery housing, the lithium-ion battery must be removed and placed in carry-on luggage.

By staying informed about TSA policies, travelers can ensure a smoother security screening process and avoid any issues with their electronic devices while flying.

Mastering the Art of Happiness: Eight Mindful Ways to Lead a Fulfilling Life

There is a significant contrast between temporary joy and long-lasting happiness.

The key difference lies in mindfulness. While fleeting joy is often tied to external circumstances or possessions, sustained happiness stems from adopting a particular lifestyle.

Living a happy life is, in many ways, an art—one that requires dedication and patience to master. Having spent time practicing this art, I’ve discovered several mindful approaches that can lead to a happier existence.

Below are eight mindful strategies that I have learned to cultivate happiness. And believe me, it’s easier than it seems.

  1. Develop an Attitude of Gratitude

Many people overlook the impact of gratitude in their pursuit of happiness.

It is all too common to become caught up in daily routines and forget to value the things we already have. This is where practicing gratitude becomes essential.

Gratitude is about recognizing the positive aspects of life—whether it’s something as simple as a beautiful sunset or as significant as good health and meaningful relationships.

Studies indicate that consistently expressing gratitude can elevate happiness levels. The practice involves shifting focus from what is lacking to what is already abundant in life.

If happiness is the goal, then acknowledging your blessings is the starting point. Keeping a gratitude journal, expressing appreciation frequently, or setting aside time each day to reflect on what you are grateful for can be transformative.

It is important to remember that happiness is not always about gaining something new; sometimes, it emerges from valuing what is already present.

  1. Live in the Present

Being fully present is a fundamental aspect of happiness, something I have personally experienced.

I used to spend too much time dwelling on past memories or planning for the future. However, I soon realized that by doing so, I was missing out on the present.

One day, during a walk, my mind was preoccupied with an upcoming presentation. I was so lost in thought that I barely noticed the blooming trees around me. It was then that I realized how much I was missing by not living in the moment.

From that point on, I made a conscious effort to be present. It was challenging at first, but with practice, it became a habit. Whether eating a meal, talking to a friend, or admiring a sunset, I now make an effort to immerse myself in the experience fully.

This shift has brought me greater joy and fulfillment. My advice? Stop worrying about what’s next and start appreciating what’s happening now. You might be surprised by how much happier you feel.

  1. Build Strong Relationships

Human beings are inherently social. Our connections with others have a profound impact on our happiness.

A Harvard University study found that individuals with strong relationships tend to be happier, healthier, and live longer. The research revealed that wealth or fame were not the primary factors behind a fulfilling life; rather, the quality of relationships played a crucial role.

Prioritizing relationships with loved ones can enhance happiness. Engaging in meaningful conversations, offering support, and sharing both joys and struggles contribute to deeper connections.

Happiness flourishes when shared, making strong relationships an essential component of a fulfilling life.

  1. Take Care of Yourself

Self-care is not just about indulgent spa treatments or relaxation rituals—it encompasses physical, mental, and emotional well-being.

In today’s fast-paced world, people often neglect their own needs while attending to others. However, as the saying goes, you cannot pour from an empty cup.

Ensuring a healthy diet, adequate rest, and necessary breaks is essential. It is also important to engage in activities that provide relaxation and renewal.

A well-balanced body and mind enable individuals to navigate challenges more effectively and appreciate life’s pleasures. Self-care, therefore, is a fundamental ingredient in the pursuit of happiness.

  1. Show Kindness

Kindness is a simple yet powerful tool that can create happiness for both the giver and the receiver.

Small gestures—such as offering a warm smile, giving a compliment, or extending a helping hand—can brighten someone’s day while fostering a sense of personal fulfillment.

Being kind benefits not just others but also oneself. It fosters a cycle of positivity, spreading joy and encouraging others to reciprocate the same behavior.

“In a world where you can be anything, be kind.” The happiness that stems from kindness has a ripple effect, making it one of the most effective ways to cultivate joy.

  1. Accept Imperfections

At one point, I constantly chased perfection—the ideal career, the flawless home, the perfect physique. The pursuit seemed endless, and it led to frequent disappointment.

Life is unpredictable and imperfect, and that is completely okay. What truly matters is how one responds to these imperfections.

Rather than fixating on perceived flaws or failures, I began viewing them as opportunities for growth. This shift in mindset alleviated unnecessary pressure and significantly increased my happiness.

Letting go of perfectionism allows for personal development. Accepting imperfections and learning from mistakes is essential in the journey toward happiness.

  1. Cultivate a Positive Mindset

Thoughts have a strong influence on emotions and actions. Developing a positive mindset can greatly enhance happiness.

Having a positive outlook does not mean ignoring difficulties; instead, it involves facing challenges with optimism and confidence in one’s ability to overcome them.

Focusing on the good aspects of life, celebrating even small achievements, practicing positive affirmations, and surrounding oneself with positivity can help maintain a healthy mindset.

Happiness originates from within, and fostering a positive perspective is a key step in experiencing genuine joy.

  1. Discover Your Purpose

Having a purpose provides direction and motivation, helping individuals navigate life’s ups and downs.

A sense of purpose is not solely defined by one’s profession—it encompasses personal values, impact on others, and the legacy left behind.

Living with purpose brings passion, and passion often leads to happiness. Identifying what truly inspires and drives you can make a significant difference.

Pursuing one’s purpose fosters a deeper sense of fulfillment, making it a crucial component of a happy life.

Final Thoughts: Happiness is a Journey

The search for happiness is a lifelong and personal journey. Rather than being a fixed destination, it is a continuous process of growth and appreciation.

Happiness is not a static state; it fluctuates, much like the tides. True contentment lies in embracing small joys, valuing what is already present, and striving for self-improvement.

As Aristotle wisely stated, “Happiness depends upon ourselves.”

Whether through practicing gratitude, being present, nurturing relationships, or discovering one’s purpose, each mindful step contributes to a happier and more fulfilling life.

Mark Carney Sworn in as Canada’s New Prime Minister, Vows to Keep Country Independent from U.S.

Economist and political newcomer Mark Carney has officially taken office as Canada’s new prime minister, delivering a strong message that Canada will “never” become part of the United States.

Carney assumed office on Friday, mere days after winning the leadership of the governing Liberal Party, amid escalating trade tensions with U.S. President Donald Trump.

“We know that by building together, we can give ourselves far more than anyone else can take away,” Carney stated after his swearing-in ceremony.

He replaces outgoing Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who led Canada for nine years. Carney’s victory in last week’s Liberal leadership contest was decisive, marking a significant shift in the party’s direction.

During his first press conference as prime minister in Ottawa, Carney directly addressed Trump’s previous remarks suggesting Canada could become the 51st U.S. state. “We will never, in any shape or form, be part of the U.S.,” he asserted.

Emphasizing the distinctiveness of Canadian identity, he added, “We are very fundamentally a different country,” later dismissing Trump’s idea as “crazy.”

Carney did not confirm whether he would push for an early federal election, currently scheduled for October, but indicated he would act swiftly to secure “as strong a mandate that is needed for the time.”

One of Carney’s first acts as prime minister was ending a policy that had long been a target of opposition criticism. He repealed the consumer carbon pricing program, a significant environmental policy from Trudeau’s tenure that had become unpopular amid rising inflation.

The carbon tax had been widely criticized by Conservatives, who argued it increased the cost of goods and energy for Canadian households. However, at an afternoon cabinet meeting, Carney clarified that his government remains committed to addressing climate change, noting that the industrial carbon tax on large emitters would remain in place.

Canadians who have been paying into the carbon pricing system will receive their final rebate checks in April.

In recent months, Canadian politics have been largely shaped by Trump’s trade war, which began after he took office in January. With an election on the horizon, Carney is expected to position himself as the most capable leader to handle Trump’s economic policies.

Carney is no stranger to financial crises. He previously served as governor of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England, where he played key roles in stabilizing both economies during turbulent times.

Next week, Carney is scheduled to embark on his first international trip as prime minister, visiting the United Kingdom and France.

Despite tensions, Carney expressed a willingness to engage with Trump. “We respect the United States. We respect President Trump,” he stated.

Acknowledging Trump’s policy priorities, Carney added, “President Trump has put some very important issues at the top of his agenda.”

Carney has pledged to maintain Canada’s retaliatory tariffs on specific U.S. goods for as long as Trump upholds the 25% universal tariffs on Canadian products not covered under the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement (CUSMA).

Given Canada’s economic dependence on trade with the U.S., economists warn that if Trump’s tariffs are fully implemented, Canada could face a recession.

Carney’s new cabinet includes several ministers from Trudeau’s administration, particularly those who have been actively involved in negotiations with the Trump administration.

Key figures retained in the new government include Mélanie Joly, who continues as foreign affairs minister; David McGuinty, who remains in charge of public safety; Jonathan Wilkinson, who stays on as energy minister; and Dominic LeBlanc, who moves from finance to trade. François-Philippe Champagne, formerly industry minister, has been appointed to the finance portfolio.

As Canada prepares for its next federal election, Carney’s primary political rival will be Conservative leader Pierre Poilievre.

Before Trump’s tariff threats, the Conservatives held a commanding 20-point lead in some election polls. However, recent polling suggests a much tighter race.

Speaking after Carney’s swearing-in, Poilievre criticized the Liberals’ tenure, arguing that after nine years in power, they had failed to address key economic challenges. “It will be the same Liberal results,” he remarked.

Poilievre also vowed to take a tougher stance against Trump’s trade policies if elected. “If I were to be elected prime minister, I would face off against President Trump directly, respond with counter tariffs, and take back control,” he declared.

In the upcoming election, the Liberals will not only face the Conservatives, who hold 120 seats in the House of Commons, but also the Bloc Québécois, with 33 seats, and the New Democratic Party (NDP), which currently has 24 seats.

NDP leader Jagmeet Singh reacted to Carney’s swearing-in by criticizing his cabinet selections, arguing that they signal a lack of space for progressive Liberals in the new government.

Singh noted that Carney did not create separate cabinet roles for ministers of women, youth, or people with disabilities. He accused the new prime minister of favoring the wealthy, stating that Carney has made billionaires “very rich at the cost of workers.”

Trump Administration Takes Birthright Citizenship Fight to Supreme Court

The Trump administration is escalating its legal battle to overturn birthright citizenship by bringing the matter before the U.S. Supreme Court. So far, every court that has reviewed Trump’s executive order—issued on his first day in office—has struck it down. Despite these setbacks, Trump remains determined to press forward.

The former president’s claim that birthright citizenship is unconstitutional is widely regarded as an extreme position, given that the Supreme Court ruled against such an argument 127 years ago, and that precedent has remained unchallenged ever since.

The 14th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution clearly states: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States.” However, Trump has repeatedly asserted that not all children born on U.S. soil automatically receive citizenship.

So far, three federal judges across different states have blocked Trump’s executive order attempting to nullify birthright citizenship. Furthermore, three separate appeals courts have refused to lift those rulings. Judge John Coughenour, who was appointed by President Reagan and serves in Washington state, was the first to strike down Trump’s executive order, describing it as “blatantly unconstitutional.”

Nevertheless, on Thursday, the Trump administration submitted three nearly identical petitions to the Supreme Court, seeking to limit the reach of lower court rulings. These nationwide injunctions currently prevent the administration from implementing its new policy on birthright citizenship. By narrowing these injunctions, the administration aims to begin planning for the policy’s potential enforcement.

Stephen Yale-Loehr, a retired Cornell University immigration law professor and co-author of a widely used legal treatise on immigration, believes the Court might be open to granting this temporary limitation. However, he warned, “I think that would cause chaos and confusion as to who was included in the court rulings and who is potentially subject to the birthright citizenship ban if the case goes in favor of the Trump administration on the merits.”

Interestingly, the Trump administration’s petition to the Supreme Court devotes more attention to challenging the ability of lower court judges to issue nationwide injunctions than to the question of birthright citizenship itself. This approach may stem from the fact that certain Supreme Court justices have previously voiced frustration over the broad use of such nationwide rulings. Given the legal difficulties of overturning birthright citizenship, the administration may believe it has a better chance of success by attacking the legitimacy of nationwide injunctions instead.

Ilya Somin, a professor at Antonin Scalia Law School, commented on this legal strategy, stating, “At the very least, they have an indication that they have a better chance on the injunction question than on the [constitutional question] of birthright citizenship.”

However, Republican-led states have frequently relied on nationwide injunctions when challenging policies introduced by the Biden and Obama administrations, yet the Supreme Court did not intervene in those cases. This raises questions about whether the Court would be willing to do so now in response to the Trump administration’s request.

Professor Yale-Loehr suggested that a middle-ground outcome might be likely, allowing the Trump administration to make progress on its efforts to dismantle birthright citizenship without fully achieving its objectives.

“The Supreme Court may well limit the injunctions partially, maybe not to the extent that the Trump Administration wants, but [to the extent] that will allow the Trump administration to claim a political victory,” he explained.

Before making any decision, the Supreme Court justices will first request a response from the opposing side.

White House Criticizes High Tariffs Imposed by India and Other Nations

The White House on Tuesday addressed concerns regarding tariffs imposed by various nations on American goods, specifically mentioning India’s high import duties. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt pointed out that India has levied a 150 percent tariff on American alcohol and a 100 percent tariff on agricultural products. She reiterated that US President Donald Trump is committed to the principle of reciprocity and is advocating for fair and balanced trade practices. Additionally, she criticized Canada, asserting that the country has been unfairly exploiting the United States and American workers for years.

During the press briefing, Leavitt emphasized, “The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades. If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.” Her remarks came in response to questions regarding Trump’s planned conversation with Canada’s Prime Minister-designate Mark Carney.

Leavitt went on to highlight the significant tariffs that India and Japan have placed on various American products. She stressed that President Trump’s primary focus remains on safeguarding American businesses and workers’ interests. Offering concrete examples, she stated, “In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada since you brought it up, American cheese and butter nearly 300 percent tariff. You look at India, 150 percent tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100 percent tariff on agricultural products from India.”

On Sunday, Trump hinted at the possibility of increasing tariffs against Mexico and Canada. According to Fox News, he expressed concerns that the international community has historically taken undue advantage of the United States.

In response to concerns from business leaders regarding tariff predictability, Trump indicated that future tariff hikes could be on the table. He emphasized the necessity of reversing what he perceives as years of unfair international trade practices. Trump has previously implemented tariffs on Mexico, Canada, and China, citing concerns about border security and fentanyl trafficking into the United States.

On March 7, Trump announced a temporary delay on certain product tariffs for Mexico and Canada, pushing their implementation to April 2. This decision followed discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum, although he remained critical of Canada’s trade policies.

Recently, Trump also addressed the issue of India’s tariffs, asserting that trading with India is particularly challenging due to its high import duties. He acknowledged that India has agreed to lower some of its tariffs, attributing this development to heightened scrutiny of its trade policies.

Congress Avoids Government Shutdown, Exposing Democratic Divisions

Congress narrowly avoided a government shutdown Friday, mere hours before the deadline, as the Senate approved a spending bill that had already cleared the House. However, the passage of this stopgap measure revealed deep fractures within the Democratic Party.

The legislation, designed to keep the government funded into the fall, now awaits the signature of President Donald Trump, who is expected to approve it.

Senate Democrats faced mounting pressure to reject the Trump-backed bill, and Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, along with other Democrats who facilitated its passage, is now facing backlash from within his party.

The internal discord became increasingly apparent as lawmakers raced against the clock to prevent a shutdown that could have had significant consequences across federal agencies. The episode underscored the Democrats’ ongoing struggle to counter Trump and the Republican dominance in Washington.

Roughly 90 minutes before Senate Republicans averted the shutdown in a near party-line vote, Schumer and nine other Democrats crossed the aisle to advance the bill in a critical procedural vote. Despite mounting pressure from within their caucus to block it entirely, the bill required only a simple majority to pass, and nearly all Democrats who had initially supported the procedural step ultimately voted against it in the final tally.

Schumer defended his decision, arguing that the Democrats faced an impossible dilemma: either shut down the government for an indefinite period to challenge Trump or accept a Republican bill that they believed would slash spending on programs such as veterans’ health care and public services in Washington, DC.

“I believe it is the best way to minimize the harm that the Trump administration will do to the American people,” Schumer stated, explaining his reasoning for enabling the bill’s passage.

“Clearly, this is a Hobson’s choice. The CR is a bad bill, but as bad as the CR is, I believe allowing Donald Trump to take even much more power via a government shutdown is a far worse option,” he continued.

Trump, in turn, praised Schumer for his stance, telling reporters after the vote, “I appreciate Senator Schumer, and I think he did the right thing, really. I’m very impressed by that.”

Despite Schumer’s efforts, discontent within the Democratic Party was palpable. Many Senate and House Democrats viewed the move as a concession, squandering a crucial opportunity to exert leverage against Trump in his second term.

Democrats across the country closely followed the procedural vote, seeing it as a key test of their party’s resolve in standing up to the president.

In the end, the Senate passed the stopgap bill in a 54-46 vote, securing government funding through September 30. Among Democrats, Sen. Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire and independent Sen. Angus King of Maine, who caucuses with the party, supported the measure. The only Republican to vote against it was Sen. Rand Paul of Kentucky.

“Once I had voted for cloture, it was an opportunity to pass the bill, and I thought it was more honest to vote for it,” Shaheen told CNN. She added, “I thought, much as I didn’t like the CR, I thought a government shutdown would be worse and would give Trump and Elon Musk and the DOGE operation more of an opportunity to fire people, to shut down agencies and to close the work of the government.”

Following the passage of the stopgap measure, the Senate also approved a separate bill to allow Washington, DC, to maintain control over its funds. This move came after Democrats warned that the Republican funding plan would cut $1.1 billion from the city’s budget. The House must now approve this measure, but its fate remains uncertain.

Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and other prominent Democrats had urged voters to pressure senators into blocking the bill and taking a stand against Trump’s attempts to dismantle federal agencies. Many within the party now believe Schumer failed this test.

The fallout from Schumer’s decision has reverberated throughout the Democratic Party, with critics emerging from various factions. However, no senators have publicly declared their intention to challenge his leadership.

Earlier in the week, House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries led an aggressive effort to whip votes against the bill. In the end, House Democrats lost only one member to the opposing side, but their efforts were insufficient to prevent the bill from passing in the House on Tuesday.

Jeffries declined to comment on whether he had lost confidence in Schumer due to their differing stances on the funding issue. When asked about it on Friday, he simply responded, “Next question.”

Democrats Reflect on Next Steps

In the aftermath of the vote, Senate Democrats are now grappling with how to move forward as a unified caucus, given the internal divisions exposed by the spending bill.

Schumer told CNN’s Jake Tapper on Friday evening that he had anticipated disagreements within his party but maintained that a government shutdown would have been the worse outcome.

“My job as leader is to lead the party and if there’s going to be danger in the near future, to protect the party. And I’m proud I did it, I knew I did the right thing, and I knew there would be some disagreements. That’s how it always is,” he said.

Schumer also defended his leadership position, asserting, “My caucus and I are in sync.”

Sen. Martin Heinrich, the top Democrat on the Senate Energy and Natural Resources Committee, refrained from commenting on whether the party needed new leadership, telling reporters, “That’s a conversation for inside the caucus. I’m not going to debate that out here.”

“I think that Leader Schumer has been very effective in a lot of battles, but we also need to — these are new times, and we need to all come together. And so, you know, second guessing Leader Schumer out here isn’t going to accomplish the kind of community that we’re going to need to be able to stand up to the president. So, we’ll have that conversation inside caucus,” Heinrich added.

Meanwhile, Sen. Mark Warner, the top Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee, expressed confidence in Schumer but acknowledged that the caucus had endured a turbulent week.

“I voted no on the CR. I heard that overwhelmingly from folks, and again, recognizing I got tons of federal workers. But I have total respect for the folks who reached another conclusion, and the idea that they would have had a shutdown that would have put us into the abyss with, unfortunately, parts of this administration, doesn’t follow the law,” Warner said.

He further emphasized the need for a broader vision for the party, stating, “I think the Democrats need to have a pro-growth agenda that recognizes fairness, and that is, frankly, not the debate though, that we just took place. That we just took place, it was two awful choices.”

As the Democratic Party regroups following this divisive episode, the long-term implications for party unity and strategy remain uncertain. With tensions still simmering, the coming months will test whether the party can reconcile internal disagreements while continuing to challenge the Republican-led government.

United States Added to CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist Amid Concerns Over Civil Liberties

The United States was added to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist on Sunday, a global research tool that tracks the status of freedoms and threats to civil liberties worldwide.

CIVICUS, a global alliance of civil society organizations that includes Amnesty International, cited President Donald Trump’s “assault on democratic norms and global cooperation” as a key reason for the U.S. being placed on the watchlist. In a press release, the organization highlighted the Administration’s decision to cut over 90% of its foreign aid contracts, as well as its executive actions against diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives, which Trump described as “illegal and immoral discrimination programs.”

“The Trump Administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances which are the pillars of a democratic society,” said Mandeep Tiwana, Interim Co-Secretary General of CIVICUS. He added, “Restrictive Executive Orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the Administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

Other nations currently on the watchlist include the Democratic Republic of Congo, Italy, Pakistan, and Serbia.

CIVICUS’ Civic Space Rankings

CIVICUS assesses civil liberties in countries through five categories: open, narrowed, obstructed, repressed, and closed. “Open” is the highest classification, indicating that people can freely exercise their civil liberties, while “closed” is the lowest ranking, where severe restrictions on freedoms exist.

The organization defines a decline in “open civic space” as instances where “repressive legislation curtails free speech and dialogue, obstacles to civil society activities and operations arise, and crackdowns on civil disobedience and peaceful demonstrations occur.”

According to CIVICUS, the U.S. falls under the “narrowed” category, meaning that while most citizens can exercise their rights to free speech, assembly, and expression, there are instances where the government attempts to curb these freedoms.

Crackdowns on Protests and Government Response

CIVICUS pointed to the Biden Administration’s response to pro-Palestinian protests as an example of how civil liberties in the U.S. are being challenged. Advocates took to the streets and staged encampments on college campuses to protest American military assistance and funding to Israel. Students involved in these demonstrations demanded that their universities divest from companies with ties to Israel.

“We urge the United States to uphold the rule of law and respect constitutional and international human rights norms,” Tiwana stated. “Americans across the political spectrum are appalled by the undemocratic actions of the current Administration.”

The White House has rejected CIVICUS’ characterization of the U.S. as a “narrowed” civic space. Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly dismissed the report, stating in an email on Tuesday, “This is nonsense: President Trump is leading the most transparent administration in history.”

Concerns About Press Freedom

CIVICUS’ “narrowed” label also reflects concerns about press freedom in the U.S. While a free press exists, the organization noted that regulatory policies and political pressure on media ownership could pose restrictions.

The issue of media independence has been widely debated following recent editorial decisions by major media organizations and regulatory actions. In February, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) launched an investigation into NPR and PBS over concerns that the organizations had violated federal law by airing commercials—an allegation both newsroom CEOs denied. The FCC chair also expressed opposition to public funding for these media outlets.

That same month, Jeff Bezos, the CEO of Amazon and owner of The Washington Post, directed the newspaper to shift the focus of its opinion pages. Bezos told his editorial team that they would be writing “in support and defense of two pillars: personal liberties and free markets.” He added, “We’ll cover other topics too of course, but viewpoints opposing those pillars will be left to be published by others.”

White House Press Access and Media Lawsuit

The White House’s handling of the press has also drawn criticism. In February, the administration announced that it would be selecting the reporters who participate in the press pool. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision, stating that it was about “restoring power back to the American people, who President Trump was elected to serve.” However, the move was met with backlash from journalism advocates.

“This move tears at the independence of a free press in the United States,” the White House Correspondents’ Association said in a statement on February 25. “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

Adding to the concerns over media freedom, the Associated Press has filed a lawsuit against three Trump Administration officials, including Leavitt. The lawsuit claims the news organization was barred from White House press briefings after it refused to comply with an Executive Order signed by Trump in January. The order required media outlets to refer to the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” a rebranding the AP declined to adopt.

Broader Implications

The addition of the United States to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist raises broader concerns about the state of democracy and civil liberties in the country. The organization’s assessment suggests that while the U.S. remains a functioning democracy, increasing governmental actions are raising alarms about the erosion of fundamental rights.

As political and legal battles over civil liberties continue to unfold, the U.S. remains under scrutiny from international organizations monitoring the state of democracy and press freedom worldwide.

Gandhian Society to Honor Gandhi and Vinoba Bhave at Kumbh Mela in Prayagraj

The Gandhian Society is organizing a special event at the Kumbh Mela in Prayagraj to commemorate the legacy and teachings of Mahatma Gandhi and Acharya Vinoba Bhave.

Set to take place at the Sarvodaya Samaj on Kali Road, Parade Ground, Daraganj, the event will run from January 13 to February 26. It aims to highlight the lasting impact of these two leaders, whose principles of truth, non-violence, and humanity continue to inspire people worldwide.

A striking statue of Mahatma Gandhi will be a central attraction at the venue, providing visitors a chance to reflect on his contributions. Additionally, a large outdoor screen will display a screening of the significant teachings of both Gandhi and Vinoba Bhave, ensuring that attendees can immerse themselves in their philosophies.

These teachings, which advocate self-discipline, compassion, and non-violence, remain as crucial today as they were during their lifetimes.

Beyond the commemoration, the Gandhian Society is inviting like-minded individuals to volunteer at the event. Volunteers will play a crucial role in spreading the profound messages of Gandhi and Vinoba Bhave, contributing to a spirit of peace and unity among those attending the Kumbh Mela.

Anyone interested in volunteering or seeking more details about the event can reach out to the Gandhian Society via email at gandhiansociety2021@gmail.com.

Dedicated to promoting the Gandhian Way of Life in the United States, the Gandhian Society has been instrumental in spreading the values of truth, love, and non-violence across communities.

Besides organizing such events, the Society collaborates with like-minded Gandhian organizations worldwide, with the goal of advancing justice, equality, and human rights on a global scale.

Schumer Warns Against Government Shutdown, Citing Trump and Musk’s Influence

Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer has cautioned that shutting down the government would grant President Donald Trump and his senior adviser, Elon Musk, excessive authority to continue their workforce reductions unchecked.

“A shutdown would give Donald Trump and Elon Musk carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now,” Schumer warned. “Under a shutdown, the Trump administration would have full authority to deem whole agencies, programs, and personnel nonessential, furloughing staff with no promise they would ever be rehired.” He further emphasized, “In short: a shutdown would give Donald Trump, Elon Musk, and DOGE the keys to the city, state, and country.”

On Thursday, Schumer informed his Democratic colleagues during a closed-door lunch that he would support efforts to advance a House-GOP funding bill, according to sources who spoke with ABC News. This decision would enable Republicans to pass the bill with a simple majority.

Senate Democrats, however, remained reserved in their discussions, holding private meetings as the government funding deadline loomed.

“What happens in caucus, stays in caucus,” remarked Democratic Senator Tammy Baldwin as she exited the weekly lunch.

When pressed for a response, Democratic Senator Cory Booker curtly replied, “Ask somebody else.”

Senator Elizabeth Warren also declined to comment, stating, “I don’t have any comment.”

Some Democrats, speaking anonymously, acknowledged that they likely lacked the votes necessary to block the Republican proposal aimed at keeping the government funded through September. Multiple sources confirmed this to ABC News.

Tensions were high during the closed-door discussions. Senator Kirsten Gillibrand was reportedly so vocal about the repercussions of a government shutdown that her voice could be heard through the walls.

One Democratic senator, choosing to remain unnamed, told ABC News, “We lost this two weeks ago … we should’ve been beating this drum for a month.”

At that time, only Democratic Senator John Fetterman had publicly committed to voting in favor of keeping the government operational.

Fetterman made it clear that he would not be swayed by political maneuvering, maintaining his consistent stance against government shutdowns. He previously urged Republicans to keep the government running when Democrats held control of the Senate.

“Never, ever, ever, ever, ever shut the government down,” Fetterman stated firmly to reporters at the Capitol on Thursday afternoon. “Democrat, Republican, independents, anyone. Never shut the government down. That’s one of our core responsibilities.”

Acknowledging the mounting pressure within his party, Fetterman described the political climate as “spicy” but reiterated his commitment to his principles.

While recognizing that Republicans were challenging Democrats over the shutdown, Fetterman expressed concern about the consequences for furloughed workers and citizens relying on government services. He emphasized that those individuals would be the ones who suffer the most.

With Republicans successfully advancing their funding bill in the House, Fetterman indicated that he viewed the fight as essentially concluded.

Fetterman pointed out that Democrats only hold leverage when Republicans require their votes in the House.

“The GOP delivered, and that effectively iced this out,” he explained. “And that forces us to say, ‘Are you going to shut the government down, or are you going to vote for a flawed CR?’ And now for me, I refuse to shut the government down.”

Meanwhile, Schumer had announced on Wednesday that Senate Democrats would not provide the necessary votes for Republicans to push forward the House-approved measure funding the government through September. Instead, he proposed a temporary one-month funding extension to allow additional time for appropriators to negotiate and finalize long-term spending bills.

As the shutdown deadline approached, both Republicans and the White House shifted blame toward the Democrats.

“If it closes, it’s purely on the Democrats,” President Donald Trump asserted while addressing reporters during a meeting with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte in the Oval Office on Thursday.

When asked whether he would personally intervene in negotiations with Democrats, Trump responded that he would step in if Republicans requested his involvement. “If they need me, I’m there 100%,” he assured.

Trump Expected to Invoke Wartime Law for Mass Deportations

As early as Friday, former President Donald Trump is anticipated to invoke the Alien Enemies Act—a wartime statute that grants the president the authority to detain or deport natives and citizens of an enemy nation—according to two U.S. officials familiar with the matter. This move would be part of broader efforts to implement mass deportations.

The Department of Defense is not expected to be involved in the execution of this authority, which may allow for the deportation of certain migrants without a hearing.

Discussions regarding the invocation of this act have taken place within the administration, according to multiple sources. Trump had previously indicated during his campaign that he intended to use this law.

The Alien Enemies Act has not been enforced since World War II when it was used to justify the detention of Japanese immigrants who had not obtained U.S. citizenship. However, the larger internment of Japanese Americans was conducted under executive orders issued by President Franklin D. Roosevelt rather than the Alien Enemies Act, as the law does not apply to U.S. citizens.

SpaceX Launches Crew-10, Paving the Way for Astronauts’ Return from Politically Charged Mission

SpaceX has successfully launched a team of astronauts to replace NASA’s Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore on the International Space Station (ISS), enabling the duo to finally return home. Their planned short mission turned into an extended nine-month stay, drawing political attention.

The Crew-10 mission, a routine rotation managed by NASA and SpaceX, lifted off at 7:03 p.m. ET on Friday from Florida’s Kennedy Space Center. A SpaceX Dragon capsule, mounted atop a Falcon 9 rocket, transported the four Crew-10 astronauts—NASA’s Anne McClain and Nichole Ayers, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency’s Takuya Onishi, and Roscosmos cosmonaut Kirill Peskov—into orbit.

The new crew is scheduled to dock with the ISS around 11:30 p.m. ET on Saturday. Once aboard, they will spend a few days transitioning responsibilities with Williams, Wilmore, and their Crew-9 colleagues, NASA’s Nick Hague and Roscosmos’ Aleksandr Gorbunov.

Since September, the Crew-9 Dragon capsule has remained docked at the ISS. If all goes as planned, Williams, Wilmore, Hague, and Gorbunov will board the spacecraft and begin their journey back to Earth on March 19.

NASA initially planned for Crew-9 to return as soon as Sunday. However, their departure depends on Crew-10’s safe arrival. A scheduled Wednesday launch attempt was postponed due to SpaceX’s ground system issues, further delaying Crew-9’s return.

NASA had previously estimated a late March departure for Crew-9, but in an effort to expedite Williams and Wilmore’s return, SpaceX switched the Dragon capsule originally designated for Crew-10. While technical delays are common in spaceflight, this postponement has rekindled discussions about Williams and Wilmore being “stuck” or “stranded” in space—claims they strongly refute.

“That’s been the narrative from day one: stranded, abandoned, stuck—and I get it, we both get it,” Wilmore told CNN’s Anderson Cooper in February. “Help us change the narrative, let’s change it to: prepared and committed despite what you’ve been hearing. That’s what we prefer.”

Once Crew-10 takes over duties on the ISS, Crew-9 can undock and return to Earth, marking the final stage of Williams and Wilmore’s unexpectedly prolonged mission.

The situation has drawn political scrutiny, with SpaceX CEO Elon Musk and former President Donald Trump suggesting that the Biden administration abandoned the astronauts. However, Williams and Wilmore were aware since last summer that they would return with Crew-9 as part of standard staffing rotations.

During Friday’s launch webcast, NASA’s acting administrator, Janet Petro, mentioned speaking with Williams, Wilmore, and their crew last week.

She noted they likely have “mixed emotions.”

“Every time you get to go to space—which is what all astronauts want to do—you never know it might be your last time, because you might not be selected for another mission,” Petro explained. “So I bet they have mixed emotions leaving their colleagues up there at the space station. I’m sure they’re anxious to get home and put their feet on Earth and spend time with their family—but I think that they have enjoyed their time in space.”

Starliner’s Issues Led to Extended Stay

Williams and Wilmore’s extended mission stems from technical problems with Boeing’s Starliner capsule, which they piloted to the ISS in June during its inaugural crewed test flight. En route, they encountered propulsion malfunctions and helium leaks. These issues prompted NASA to extend their stay while teams assessed the spacecraft’s viability.

By last summer, NASA determined that returning Williams and Wilmore aboard Starliner was too risky. In August, the agency incorporated them into the ISS’s official crew rotation, ensuring their return with Crew-9.

Rather than launching a separate retrieval mission outside regular schedules—an operation that could have cost millions—NASA opted to integrate the astronauts into the standard rotation.

Steve Stich, NASA’s Commercial Crew Program manager, addressed this decision in August, stating, “It just didn’t make sense to go ahead and accelerate a (SpaceX) flight to return Butch and Suni earlier.” He also clarified, “NASA never considered that option”—referring to a dedicated SpaceX mission to bring them home separately.

Despite this, Musk claimed on X that SpaceX had offered to return the astronauts months earlier, but political reasons prevented it.

A former senior NASA official told CNN that no such offer was communicated to NASA leadership. Even if it had been, the agency was unlikely to approve it due to the high costs.

“If Musk had made the offer to someone outside NASA leadership,” the official noted, “I’m sure they would have responded and said, ‘Well, that would cost us several $100 million extra that we don’t have for a new Dragon capsule and Falcon 9.’”

Musk later said he bypassed NASA and presented the offer directly to the Biden White House, which allegedly “refused to allow it.”

It remains unclear why the White House would be involved in such a decision, as crew assignments and ISS operations are typically managed by NASA, not the executive branch. A former White House staffer declined to comment on the matter.

When asked about Musk’s claims, Sarah Walker, SpaceX’s director of Dragon mission management, stated she was not involved in those discussions.

“I’m grateful for the leaders in our nation in the spheres of politics and policy. My sphere is engineering,” Walker said. “What I do know from almost 15 years of working with this exact team, with commercial crew and ISS, is that NASA is always looking at multiple options—every option available for any operation that they may go do—and then many contingency options for when the unexpected inevitably happens.”

Astronauts Respond to Political Debate

Williams and Wilmore have consistently expressed that they are enjoying their time in space.

“This is my happy place,” Williams said in September. “I love being up here in space. It’s just fun. You know, every day you do something that’s work, quote, unquote, you can do it upside down. You can do it sideways, so it adds a little different perspective.”

They have also dismissed claims that they were abandoned.

While acknowledging the mission’s challenges, they have emphasized that they were well-prepared for an extended stay.

“We have plenty of clothes. We are well-fed,” Wilmore assured in January.

Williams added, “It’s just a great team and—no, it doesn’t feel like we’re castaways. Eventually, we want to go home because we left our families a little while ago, but we have a lot to do while we’re up here.”

Wilmore, however, fueled speculation about Musk’s claims in a March 4 news conference from the ISS.

“I can only say that Mr. Musk, what he says is absolutely factual,” Wilmore stated.

However, he clarified, “We have no information on (a deal SpaceX may have offered), though, whatsoever. What was offered, what was not offered, who was offered to, how that process went—that’s information that we simply don’t have.”

Crew-9’s Role in Bringing Williams and Wilmore Home

The SpaceX Dragon capsule designated for Williams and Wilmore’s return launched in September, carrying Hague and Gorbunov along with two empty seats for them.

Since then, the Crew-9 team has carried out routine ISS activities, including spacewalks, experiments, and maintenance. Williams even assumed command of the station.

Their return has always been dependent on Crew-10’s successful launch, as NASA insists on a transition period between crews to maintain station operations.

Returning Crew-9 before Crew-10’s arrival would have left only one U.S. astronaut, Don Pettit, aboard the ISS. Pettit traveled to the station in September on a Russian Soyuz spacecraft. Given that NASA operates the ISS in collaboration with Roscosmos, the European Space Agency, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency, and the Canadian Space Agency, maintaining a steady U.S. presence is a priority.

Despite a looming government shutdown, NASA spokesperson Steve Siceloff confirmed that the Crew-10 mission remains unaffected, as it is classified as “mission critical.”

“You may see some changes to the broadcast channel if a shutdown does happen,” Siceloff explained regarding NASA TV. “It wouldn’t be a situation where there’s no signal, but you would just probably see less of it.”

Trump Escalates Attacks on Media, Accusing Outlets of Corruption and Illegal Behavior

President Donald Trump intensified his criticism of the media on Friday, delivering some of his most forceful accusations yet. Speaking at the Department of Justice, he baselessly claimed that major news organizations, including CNN, were engaging in corrupt and illegal activities.

During his speech, Trump praised Florida district court Judge Aileen Cannon, whom he had appointed in 2020. Cannon ruled in his favor in January, preventing the Department of Justice from sharing a report regarding Trump’s alleged mishandling of classified documents with Congress.

Trump alleged that the media had unfairly targeted Cannon for this ruling, though he provided no evidence to support his claim. “They do it all the time with judges,” he stated, adding that media outlets “will write whatever these people say.”

“The Washington Post, The Wall Street Journal and MSDNC, and the fake news, CNN and ABC, CBS and NBC, they’ll write whatever they say,” Trump asserted. “And what do you do to get rid of it? You convict Trump.”

Trump further declared that such reporting was illegal, addressing Justice Department employees directly. “It’s totally illegal what they do,” he said. “I just hope you can all watch for it, but it’s totally illegal.”

Although Trump did not initially clarify who he was referring to, he later accused CNN and MSNBC of being “political arms of the Democrat Party.” He added, “In my opinion, they’re really corrupt.”

Both CNN and MSNBC declined to comment on his remarks.

Trump opened his speech by lauding the Justice Department’s past efforts in fighting organized crime. He claimed that under his leadership, the agency would return to its core mission of pursuing “killers, kingpins and spies,” as well as tracking down “terrorists and traitors” and dismantling “corrupt political machines all across America.”

Trump’s insistence on using the Justice Department in this manner aligns with his belief that the Biden administration has unfairly weaponized the agency against him. He claimed, “They weaponized the vast powers of our intelligence and law enforcement agencies to try and thwart the will of the American people.”

However, reports indicate that Trump’s claims lack merit. His two federal indictments were brought by special counsel Jack Smith, who was appointed in November 2022 by then-Attorney General Merrick Garland. While Garland was appointed by President Joe Biden, there is no evidence to suggest Biden personally influenced or ordered the indictments against Trump.

In his speech, Trump cited alleged instances of the Justice Department’s supposed weaponization, but he only mentioned cases that directly impacted him or referenced conspiracy theories popular among far-right circles—many of which have been debunked or are misleading.

Trump’s rhetoric built on his long-standing efforts to frame the press as an adversary to both the people and the government. His message appeared to be that media organizations whose coverage he dislikes could face consequences under a Justice Department reshaped by his administration.

Trump’s willingness to target unfavorable media coverage is not new. He is currently engaged in a civil lawsuit against the Pulitzer Board over its decision to uphold the 2018 National Reporting Prize awarded to The Washington Post and The New York Times for their coverage of Russian interference in the 2016 election and its alleged links to his campaign.

In December, ABC News reached a $15 million settlement in a defamation case brought by Trump. Meanwhile, Paramount Global, which owns CBS News, is still dealing with a Trump lawsuit related to its “60 Minutes” interview with former Vice President Kamala Harris.

Additionally, Trump has imposed a ban on the Associated Press, barring it from the Oval Office and Air Force One over its continued use of the term “Gulf of Mexico.”

Certain government agencies under the Trump administration have also signaled their intent to sever ties with media outlets he disfavors. In February, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt announced that the administration would cancel $8 million in Politico Pro subscriptions, citing a far-right conspiracy theory as justification.

On Friday, NPR reported that the U.S. Agency for Global Media had terminated its contracts with the Associated Press (AP) and Agence France-Presse (AFP). The agency also indicated it would allow its Reuters contract to expire on March 31.

Trump’s speech made clear that these actions are not isolated decisions but part of a broader campaign against the press—one that he appears intent on continuing and even escalating.

Australian Man Lives 100 Days With Artificial Titanium Heart Before Transplant

An Australian man survived for 100 days with an artificial titanium heart while waiting for a donor transplant, marking the longest period anyone has lived with this technology.

The patient, a man in his 40s who chose to remain anonymous, underwent surgery at St. Vincent’s Hospital Sydney last November to receive the implant. In February, he became the first person in the world to be discharged from the hospital with the device, which kept him alive until a suitable donor heart became available earlier this month.

According to a statement released on Wednesday by St Vincent’s Hospital, Monash University, and BiVACOR, the US-Australian company that developed the device, the man was “recovering well” after the transplant.

The fact that the artificial heart sustained him for such a long period is being hailed as a breakthrough, demonstrating the device’s potential as a long-term solution for heart failure patients. However, the technology remains in the trial phase and has not yet been approved for widespread clinical use.

Australian bioengineer Daniel Timms, the founder of BiVACOR, invented the device following his father’s death from heart disease. He described the development as “exhilarating to see decades of work come to fruition.”

“The entire BiVACOR team is deeply grateful to the patient and his family for placing their trust in our Total Artificial Heart,” Timms said in the statement. “Their bravery will pave the way for countless more patients to receive this lifesaving technology.”

How the Artificial Heart Works

The BiVACOR Total Artificial Heart (TAH) operates using a single moving component—a levitated rotor that is suspended by magnets. Made of titanium, the device lacks valves or mechanical bearings, which are often prone to wear and tear.

This artificial heart functions by pumping blood to both the body and the lungs, effectively replacing both ventricles of a failing heart.

Heart disease remains the leading cause of death worldwide, claiming approximately 18 million lives annually, according to the World Health Organization. The long-term goal for the BiVACOR heart is to provide a lifeline for patients stuck on waiting lists for donor hearts.

In 2024 alone, around 3,500 people in the U.S. received heart transplants, while approximately 4,400 new patients joined the transplant waiting list, according to the U.S. Health Department.

Professor Chris Hayward of the Victor Chang Cardiac Research Institute stated that the BiVACOR artificial heart represents a major advancement in heart transplantation.

“Within the next decade we will see the artificial heart becoming the alternative for patients who are unable to wait for a donor heart or when a donor heart is simply not available,” said Hayward, who is overseeing the Australian patient’s recovery and played a role in preparing the device for clinical trials.

Early Clinical Trials and Future Prospects

The BiVACOR heart has already been tested in the U.S. under the Food and Drug Administration’s Early Feasibility Study. In this trial, five patients successfully received the implant while awaiting donor transplants.

The first recipient of the device was a 58-year-old man with end-stage heart failure, who underwent surgery at Texas Medical Center last July. The artificial heart sustained him for eight days before he received a donor transplant.

Four more patients were subsequently implanted with the device as part of the study, which aimed to assess its safety and effectiveness in keeping patients alive while waiting for donor hearts. The trial is expected to expand to include 15 patients.

The recent Australian case is part of a broader effort led by Monash University’s Artificial Heart Frontiers Program. This initiative, which has been allocated 50 million Australian dollars ($31 million), is focused on developing and commercializing three innovative heart failure treatment devices.

Madhya Pradesh Considers Death Penalty for Forced Religious Conversions, Raising Concerns Among Christians

Leaders in Madhya Pradesh, a central Indian state with a population of 72 million, are considering imposing the death penalty on individuals accused of coercing others into religious conversion. Christian leaders fear this move could further endanger the state’s small Christian community, which already faces persecution through false accusations under existing laws.

Mohan Yadav, the chief minister of Madhya Pradesh, announced on March 8 that he intends to amend the state’s anti-conversion law to include capital punishment for those found guilty of fraudulent conversions. He emphasized that “religious conversion will not be tolerated,” according to UCA News, a Catholic news agency. Currently, Christians account for just 0.27% of the population in the state, UCA News reported.

Since 2021, Madhya Pradesh’s anti-conversion law has already carried a penalty of up to 10 years in prison for those convicted of violating it.

Although the Indian Constitution guarantees religious freedom, anti-conversion laws have increasingly restricted the rights of Christians across the country. Over the past few years, at least a dozen of India’s 28 states have passed laws criminalizing “forced” conversions. Many of these laws were enacted in states governed by the Hindu nationalist party, with most of them introduced since the early 2000s.

In practice, these laws have been used to target the Christian community in India, where roughly 80% of the population is Hindu, 14% is Muslim, and only 2% is Christian. These legal provisions have led to the arrests of Christian clergy and have fueled violent attacks against believers.

A particularly troubling example can be seen in Uttar Pradesh, India’s most populous state, where numerous pastors and even senior Catholic priests have been imprisoned under anti-conversion charges. With a population of 231 million, Uttar Pradesh has witnessed a surge in cases where Christian leaders face legal action for alleged conversion activities.

Despite the challenges Christians face, a Supreme Court hearing in June last year raised questions about the legality of Uttar Pradesh’s anti-conversion laws. The Indian Constitution, under Article 25, explicitly grants citizens the “right freely to profess, practice, and propagate religion,” a provision that contradicts the strict enforcement of these laws in several states.

Madhya Pradesh, now considering the death penalty for those accused of forced conversions, has previously witnessed harsh actions against Christians under anti-conversion laws. In 2019, a Protestant pastor was acquitted after facing serious charges. The pastor, his wife, and their 6-year-old son were arrested by police, stripped of their clothes, beaten, and held without bail for three days. They were later convicted of forcibly converting people to Christianity, but the charges were ultimately overturned.

The Hallmarks of a Secure Relationship: Three Key Signs to Look For

True love should never feel like an endless balancing act—constantly navigating loyalty tests, second-guessing your partner’s emotions, or struggling to maintain the right level of closeness. Instead, love should provide a sense of safety and emotional stability.

This emotional security—or lack thereof—is often shaped by an individual’s attachment style. Those with a secure attachment bring trust, maturity, and stability to their relationships, making them a refreshing presence for partners who may have previously encountered insecurity in past relationships.

If you’ve ever wondered whether your partner exhibits secure attachment traits, here are three key indicators to consider.

They Are Comfortable With Missing You

Psychologically, secure attachment is rooted in trust. According to classic research published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, securely attached individuals tend to exhibit significantly higher levels of trust in their relationships. They recognize that physical proximity is not required to maintain a strong connection. Instead of seeing their partner’s social life as a threat, they understand it as an independent aspect of a healthy relationship.

Imagine you have been looking forward to a night out with friends. You and your partner have spent quality time together recently, but tonight, you just want to unwind and enjoy yourself.

An anxiously attached partner might flood your phone with texts, asking when you’ll be back or worrying that you are enjoying yourself too much without them. They may express concern with statements like, “I just don’t get why you want to go without me,” or “Are you sure you won’t forget about me while you’re out?”

Conversely, an avoidantly attached partner might pretend they are unaffected but later withdraw emotionally. Rather than admitting they missed you, they could become distant, almost as if they are punishing you for having fun.

A securely attached partner, however, would simply say, “Have a great time! Send me a picture if you guys do something fun. I can’t wait to hear all about it when you get home.”

There would be no guilt trips, no subtle attempts to make you reconsider, and no silent treatment afterward. Secure partners have confidence in the relationship and trust that no matter how much fun you have without them, you will always return.

This sense of security extends beyond just social outings. It means they trust you when you travel for work, take on new personal projects, or build friendships outside the relationship. They see your independence as a sign of balance rather than a threat. Most importantly, when you return home, you are met with warmth—not suspicion.

They Communicate With Clarity and Care

Imagine coming home after a particularly rough day at work. You are quieter than usual, weighed down by stress.

An anxiously attached partner might repeatedly ask what’s wrong, even after you have said you’re not ready to talk. If you remain withdrawn, they may assume they have done something wrong, spiraling into self-doubt with questions like, “Is it me? Did I say something? Are you mad at me?” Instead of managing your own emotions, you end up having to reassure them.

An avoidantly attached partner, in contrast, may sense your distress but choose to ignore it. They might avoid eye contact, leave the room, or pretend not to notice. Their thinking is, “If they want to talk, they’ll say something,” disregarding the importance of emotional presence. If they acknowledge the situation at all, it might be with a detached “You okay?” that they immediately drop if you respond with “I’m fine” or “I don’t want to talk about it.”

A securely attached partner approaches the situation differently. They recognize that your mood is not necessarily about them and respond with patience and tact. They might say, “Hey, I can tell that you’re out of sorts today. I want to be there for you, but I can’t if I don’t know what’s wrong. When you’re ready, let’s talk about it together?”

Their tone is warm, open, and pressure-free. If you decide to talk, they listen attentively. If you choose to remain silent, they respect your space while making it clear they are available when you need them.

This kind of emotional availability is one of the greatest benefits of secure attachment. According to Frontiers in Psychology research from 2015, emotionally available individuals are open to maintaining deep emotional connections. Secure partners do not shy away from tough conversations, nor do they rely on mind games or passive-aggressive tactics. Instead, they prioritize clear, direct, and compassionate communication.

With a secure partner, there are fewer misunderstandings, fewer moments of tension, and fewer instances where you feel unheard. Instead, you feel truly seen—even when you aren’t saying anything. Secure partners know when to read between the lines and when to listen intently to what is being said.

They Handle Conflict With Maturity

Psychologists have long observed that secure individuals approach conflict in ways that strengthen relationships rather than weaken them. Research from The American Journal of Family Therapy highlights that securely attached partners excel in verbal engagement, self-disclosure, and constructive discussions.

To them, disagreements provide an opportunity to gain deeper insight into their partner’s thoughts and feelings, rather than posing a threat to the relationship.

For instance, suppose you need to address something that has been bothering you. Perhaps your partner made a comment—a joke or a passing remark—that unintentionally hurt your feelings. You sit down with them and say, “Hey, I just wanted to talk about something. When you said that earlier, it really hurt my feelings.”

An anxiously attached partner might respond by over-apologizing, shifting the focus to their own insecurities. “Oh my God, I’m the worst! I always mess up! Do you even love me anymore?” Before you know it, you are comforting them, and your feelings remain unaddressed.

On the other hand, an avoidantly attached partner might react defensively, saying, “You’re overreacting. It was just a joke. Why are you making such a big deal out of this?” This dismissive response shuts down the conversation, leaving you feeling invalidated.

A securely attached partner, however, would not roll their eyes, become defensive, or make the conversation about themselves. Instead, they would listen carefully before responding with something like, “Wow, I didn’t realize that came off that way—but after hearing your perspective, I totally understand why you’d be upset. I’m really sorry, and thank you for telling me.”

Once the serious discussion is over, they might even use humor or affection to restore warmth. There is no lingering bitterness—only a sincere desire to reconnect and move forward.

Secure partners do not resort to silent treatments or escalate minor issues into dramatic fights. Likewise, you do not feel as though you must constantly tread carefully to avoid triggering an overreaction. Instead, problems are acknowledged, solutions are found, and both partners walk away feeling heard, validated, and stronger together.

Ultimately, a relationship with a securely attached partner is one in which love feels safe—not like an endless test of endurance.

Putin Expresses Willingness for Ceasefire but Sets Tough Conditions

Russian President Vladimir Putin has expressed agreement with the concept of a ceasefire in Ukraine but highlighted the need for further discussions on its terms. He also outlined a series of strict conditions that must be met before peace can be achieved.

Putin was responding to a proposed 30-day ceasefire, which Ukraine accepted earlier this week after negotiations with the United States. However, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky criticized Putin’s reaction, calling it “manipulative” and urging for additional sanctions against Russia.

Meanwhile, the U.S. imposed new sanctions on Russia’s oil, gas, and banking sectors, further increasing pressure on Moscow.

Russian authorities announced that Putin was scheduled to discuss the ceasefire on Thursday evening with Steve Witkoff, a special envoy of U.S. President Donald Trump, who had arrived in Moscow earlier that day. However, it remains unclear whether the meeting actually took place. On Friday, Russian state media cited air traffic monitoring service Flightradar, which reported that the aircraft believed to have transported Witkoff had already departed from Moscow. Neither Washington nor Moscow have provided any official statements on the matter.

On Thursday night and into Friday morning, both Russian and Ukrainian forces reported enemy drone attacks. Ukraine reported that seven people, including children, were wounded in the northeastern city of Kharkiv. In Russia, authorities confirmed a massive fire at an oil facility in the southern city of Tuapse.

At a news conference in Moscow on Thursday, Putin discussed the ceasefire plan, stating, “The idea is right—and we support it—but there are questions that we need to discuss.” He emphasized that any ceasefire must lead to “an enduring peace and remove the root causes of this crisis.”

“We need to negotiate with our American colleagues and partners,” Putin added. “Maybe I’ll have a call with Donald Trump.”

The Russian president acknowledged that a temporary truce could be beneficial for Ukraine, saying, “It will be good for the Ukrainian side to achieve a 30-day ceasefire. We are in favor of it, but there are nuances.”

One of the major points of contention for Russia is the situation in its western Kursk region. Putin pointed out that Ukrainian forces had launched an incursion there in August, capturing some areas. He claimed that Russia had regained full control of Kursk and that Ukrainian troops in the region were now “isolated.”

“They are trying to leave, but we are in control. Their equipment has been abandoned,” he stated. “There are two options for Ukrainians in Kursk—surrender or die.”

A day earlier, Ukraine’s top commander, Oleksandr Syrskyi, said Ukrainian troops would maintain defensive positions in Kursk as long as necessary, despite mounting pressure from Russian forces.

During his press conference, Putin also raised concerns about how the ceasefire would be implemented. “How will those 30 days be used? For Ukraine to mobilize? Rearm? Train people? Or none of that? Then a question—how will that be controlled?” he asked.

“Who will give the order to end the fighting? At what cost? Who decides who has broken any possible ceasefire, over 2,000km? All those questions need meticulous work from both sides. Who polices it?”

Zelensky, in his nightly video address, accused Putin of preparing to reject the ceasefire in practice, despite not explicitly saying so. “Putin, of course, is afraid to tell President Trump directly that he wants to continue this war, wants to kill Ukrainians,” he said.

He further argued that the Russian president had placed so many conditions on the ceasefire that it was unlikely to succeed. “The Russian leader has set so many preconditions that nothing will work out at all,” Zelensky said.

Putin’s comments and Zelensky’s response have highlighted the deep divisions between the two sides on how to proceed.

Ukraine advocates for a two-step approach: first, an immediate ceasefire, followed by discussions on a long-term peace agreement. However, Russia insists that both issues should be resolved together in a single, comprehensive deal. Neither side appears willing to compromise at this stage.

Ukraine hopes to pressure Russia into agreeing to a ceasefire by portraying it as an unwilling participant in peace talks. Meanwhile, Russia views the situation as an opportunity to raise its broader concerns, including NATO expansion and Ukraine’s sovereignty.

This situation presents a challenge for Donald Trump, who has stated that he wants a swift resolution to the war. He has repeatedly indicated that he aims to bring the conflict to an end in a matter of days.

However, Putin does not appear inclined to cooperate with Trump’s timeline.

Speaking at the White House after Putin’s remarks, Trump said he would “love” to meet the Russian president and expressed hope that Russia would “do the right thing” by agreeing to the proposed 30-day ceasefire.

“We’d like to see a ceasefire from Russia,” Trump stated.

Earlier in the day, during a meeting in the Oval Office with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte, Trump told reporters that he had already discussed specific details with Ukraine regarding a potential peace agreement.

“We’ve been discussing with Ukraine land and pieces of land that would be kept and lost, and all of the other elements of a final agreement,” Trump explained. “A lot of the details of a final agreement have actually been discussed.”

Regarding Ukraine’s possible NATO membership, Trump remarked, “Everybody knows what the answer to that is.”

In response to Russia’s continued aggression, the U.S. expanded sanctions on Russian oil and gas, making it harder for other countries to purchase Russian energy by restricting access to U.S. payment systems.

Earlier on Thursday, Kremlin aide Yuri Ushakov had already dismissed the U.S.-backed ceasefire proposal.

Meanwhile, on Wednesday, the Kremlin released a video purportedly showing Putin visiting Russia’s Kursk region, wearing military fatigues. Later, Russian officials announced they had recaptured the key town of Sudzha.

The war, which began with Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, has resulted in Russia occupying approximately 20% of Ukrainian territory.

According to data analyzed by the BBC, more than 95,000 Russian soldiers have been killed in the conflict. However, experts believe the actual number is significantly higher.

The Russian military has not officially disclosed its casualty figures since September 2022, when it reported 5,937 deaths.

Ukraine last provided an official death toll in December 2024, when Zelensky stated that 43,000 Ukrainian soldiers and officers had been killed. However, Western analysts consider this figure to be an underestimation.

Israel Accused of Genocidal Acts and Gender-Based Violence by UN Experts

UN experts have accused Israel of escalating sexual and gender-based violence against Palestinians while systematically destroying maternal and reproductive healthcare facilities, which they claim amounts to “genocidal acts.”

A report commissioned by the UN Human Rights Council outlines alleged violations, including instances of rape, in both Gaza and the occupied West Bank following Hamas’s October 7, 2023, attack on Israel, which triggered the ongoing conflict. The report further suggests that the destruction of maternity wards and embryos at a fertility clinic may indicate a deliberate effort to prevent births within a specific group, which meets one of the legal definitions of genocide.

Israel has firmly denied these allegations, with its government dismissing the report’s findings as baseless. “Israel categorically rejects the unfounded allegations,” the government stated.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu responded with strong criticism, labeling the Human Rights Council as “an antisemitic, rotten, terrorist-supporting and irrelevant body.” He argued that instead of focusing on war crimes committed by Hamas, the council was unjustly targeting Israel with “false accusations.”

The Independent International Commission of Inquiry on the Occupied Palestinian Territory, established by the UN Human Rights Council in 2021, was tasked with investigating alleged violations of international humanitarian and human rights laws.

This three-member commission stated that its findings were derived from testimonies of victims and witnesses of sexual and reproductive violence, visual evidence such as verified photos and videos, and information from civil society and women’s rights organizations. Some testimonies were presented during two days of public hearings in Geneva earlier this week.

Navi Pillay, a former UN human rights chief from South Africa who chairs the commission, stated, “The evidence collected reveals a deplorable increase in sexual and gender-based violence,” which she claims Israel is using to “terrorize” Palestinians and maintain an oppressive system that undermines their right to self-determination.

According to the report, specific forms of sexual and gender-based violence—including forced public stripping, sexual harassment such as threats of rape, and sexual assault—are “part of the Israeli Security Forces’ standard operating procedures toward Palestinians.”

The report further claims that rape and violence targeting genital areas were either committed “under explicit orders or with implicit encouragement by Israel’s top civilian and military leadership.” However, it does not present direct evidence of such orders from military commanders or senior officials. Instead, it cites remarks from Israeli ministers who defended soldiers accused of severe mistreatment of a Palestinian detainee at the Sde Teiman military base last year.

Chris Sidoti, an Australian human rights lawyer and member of the commission, told the BBC, “Sexual violence is now so widespread that it can only be considered systematic. It’s got beyond the level of random acts by rogue individuals.”

Israel has rejected claims of systemic mistreatment and torture of Gaza detainees, insisting that it adheres fully to international legal standards.

The report also highlights the commission’s findings that Israeli forces have systematically destroyed sexual and reproductive healthcare facilities throughout Gaza during the war, which has now lasted 17 months.

It states that numerous women and girls have died due to pregnancy-related complications caused by conditions imposed by Israeli authorities, which have restricted access to reproductive healthcare. According to the commission, these actions amount to “the crime against humanity of extermination.”

Additionally, the report alleges that Israeli authorities have “destroyed in part the reproductive capacity of Palestinians in Gaza as a group” through the “systematic destruction” of sexual and reproductive healthcare facilities, including maternity hospitals and wards, as well as Gaza’s main in-vitro fertilization (IVF) clinic, the Al-Basma IVF Centre in Gaza City.

The destruction of these medical facilities, the report concludes, falls under “two categories of genocidal acts in the Rome Statute and the Genocide Convention, including deliberately inflicting conditions of life calculated to bring about the physical destruction of Palestinians and imposing measures intended to prevent births.”

The commission asserts that the embryology laboratory at Al-Basma was struck in early December 2023, reportedly destroying approximately 4,000 embryos along with 1,000 sperm samples and unfertilized eggs.

A visual analysis of images led the commission to determine that the destruction was caused by a large-caliber projectile, likely an Israeli tank shell. The report claims the attack was deliberate. However, at the time, the Israeli military told ABC News that it had no knowledge of a strike on the clinic. The BBC has since contacted the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) for comment.

Chris Sidoti commented, “The deliberate destruction of a health facility is one serious issue for international humanitarian law and human rights law. But it does appear from our analysis of the attack on this clinic, that it was knowingly and intentionally directed towards the destruction of reproductive services. The consequence of this is the prevention of births.”

Israel’s mission to the UN in Geneva strongly criticized the report, calling it “a shameless attempt to incriminate the IDF and manufacture the illusion of ‘systemic’ use of sexual and gender-based violence.”

Israeli officials argued that the commission relied on “information from second-hand single uncorroborated sources,” a methodology that, they claimed, does not align with established UN standards.

The statement emphasized that the IDF has “concrete directives, procedures, orders, and policies, which unequivocally prohibit such misconduct” and maintains investigative mechanisms to handle any allegations of sexual violence.

Prime Minister Netanyahu also dismissed the report’s conclusions, calling the Human Rights Council an “anti-Israel circus.”

“Instead of focusing on the crimes against humanity and the war crimes that were perpetrated by the Hamas terrorist organization in the worst massacre carried out against the Jewish people since the Holocaust, the UN has again chosen to attack the State of Israel with false accusations, including baseless accusations of sexual violence,” Netanyahu said.

According to UN experts, their determination that “reasonable grounds to conclude” these crimes were committed was based on an analysis of digital evidence, as well as statements from victims and witnesses. Fernando Travesi of the International Center for Transitional Justice told the BBC that their methodology provided sufficient proof to justify the conclusions.

However, he noted that while the commission applies a different standard of evidence than a court of law, criminal liability for genocide would have to be proven “beyond any reasonable doubt” in a judicial setting.

The International Court of Justice is currently hearing a case brought by South Africa, which accuses Israel of committing genocide against Palestinians in Gaza. Israel has adamantly denied these accusations.

The conflict in Gaza began after Hamas launched an unprecedented cross-border attack on Israel on October 7, 2023. The attack killed approximately 1,200 people, and 251 were taken hostage.

Since then, Gaza’s Hamas-run health ministry reports that over 48,520 people have been killed. The war has displaced most of Gaza’s 2.1 million residents multiple times, leaving nearly 70% of the territory’s buildings damaged or destroyed. The region’s healthcare, water, sanitation, and hygiene infrastructure has collapsed, and there are severe shortages of food, fuel, medicine, and shelter.

Trump Threatens 200% Tariff on EU Alcohol Over Whisky Dispute

President Donald Trump has issued a warning that he will impose a 200% tariff on alcohol imports from European Union countries unless the EU removes what he described as a “nasty 50% tariff on whisky.”

Some European alcohol producers have raised concerns, stating that such a tariff would have “devastating” effects on the industry. Meanwhile, a U.S. trade group representing distilleries has expressed its disapproval, stating, “we want toasts, not tariffs.”

This marks another escalation in the ongoing global trade war, which intensified when the U.S. implemented a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports.

In response to these steel and aluminum tariffs, the EU announced plans to increase its own tariffs on up to €26 billion ($28 billion; £22 billion) worth of U.S. goods. This includes higher levies on products such as boats, bourbon, and motorbikes, with the changes set to take effect on April 1.

Amid these tensions, Canada’s Finance Minister, Dominic LeBlanc, and Ontario Premier, Doug Ford, met with U.S. Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick to discuss ongoing trade disputes between the two neighboring countries.

Following the meeting, Ford expressed optimism, stating that he felt “very positive” about the discussions.

Tariffs remain a key component of Trump’s broader economic strategy. He believes they will strengthen U.S. manufacturing and safeguard American jobs. However, critics argue that, in the short term, these tariffs will lead to higher prices for American consumers.

Tariffs function as taxes imposed on goods imported from foreign countries. The companies responsible for bringing these goods into the country are required to pay the tax to the government.

Trump Expresses Confidence in U.S. Annexing Greenland, Suggests NATO Role

On Thursday, former President Donald Trump voiced confidence that the United States would eventually annex Greenland, even hinting that NATO’s leadership could play a role in making the acquisition possible.

“I think it will happen,” Trump told reporters in the Oval Office during a discussion with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte.

Trump further elaborated on the idea, stating that he had not given it much consideration before but saw Rutte as someone who could be instrumental in the process. “And I’m just thinking, I didn’t give it much thought before but I’m sitting with a man that could be very instrumental. You know, Mark, we need that for international security,” Trump said, gesturing toward Rutte.

Rutte acknowledged the strategic importance of Greenland and the Arctic region, particularly given the increasing presence of China and Russia. However, he made it clear that the issue of Trump’s efforts to acquire Greenland was beyond his scope.

“I don’t want to drag NATO in that,” Rutte stated.

Trump’s remarks came shortly after Greenland’s recent parliamentary elections, in which the center-right Demokraatit party emerged victorious. The party advocates for a gradual path toward independence from Denmark.

For months, Trump has been vocal about his interest in the United States acquiring Greenland, which remains a territory of Denmark, a NATO ally. The U.S. already maintains a military base on the island.

Even before assuming office, Trump had refused to rule out military action as a potential means to annex the Arctic territory. Earlier this year, his son, Donald Trump Jr., along with a group of allies, visited Greenland in what was seen as part of the broader push toward acquisition.

US Vice President JD Vance and Second Lady Usha Vance to Visit India This Month

US Vice President JD Vance and Second Lady Usha Vance are set to visit India later this month, marking the Vice President’s second overseas trip since assuming office on January 20, 2025.

This trip will be particularly significant for Usha Vance, as it will be her first visit to India as the Second Lady. India holds special meaning for her since her parents emigrated from the country to the United States, and she was raised in San Diego, California. In addition, JD Vance will be making history as the first US Vice President to visit India within the first 100 days of taking office.

According to a Politico report, three individuals familiar with the planning have confirmed that the Vice President’s visit to India is scheduled.

The upcoming trip takes place against the backdrop of heightened tensions between the United States and India concerning trade tariffs. Vance’s first international visit occurred in February when he traveled to France and Germany. During the Munich Security Conference, his statements drew criticism from several US allies in Europe.

During his stay in France, Vance met with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi on the sidelines of the AI Summit in Paris. Their interaction was described as cordial, with Modi presenting an eco-friendly wooden alphabet set to Vance’s daughter, Mirabel Rose Vance, as a gift. Additionally, the Prime Minister participated in the celebration of the birthday of the Vice President’s son, Vivek.

Following their meeting, Prime Minister Modi shared on X, “Had a wonderful meeting with US Vice President JD Vance and his family. We had a great conversation on various subjects. Delighted to join them in celebrating the joyous birthday of their son, Vivek!”

Expressing his appreciation for the gesture, Vance replied, “Prime Minister Modi was gracious and kind, and our kids really enjoyed the gifts. I’m grateful to him for the wonderful conversation.”

US Judges Order Reinstatement of Fired Federal Workers, Call Dismissals a “Sham”

Two U.S. judges have ordered multiple federal agencies to restore the jobs of probationary employees who were dismissed en masse by the Trump administration last month.

In California, District Judge William Alsup described the mass firings as part of a “sham” strategy designed to bypass proper protocols for reducing the federal workforce.

His ruling—followed by a similar one from a judge in Maryland—affects thousands of probationary workers dismissed from various departments, including defense, energy, treasury, and veterans affairs.

The Department of Justice (DOJ) has maintained that the terminations were based on guidance rather than a direct order from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM). The BBC has reached out to OPM for comment.

OPM, traditionally a low-profile agency overseeing the federal government’s civil service, has come under scrutiny as President Donald Trump has moved to shrink the size of the federal workforce.

During a hearing in San Francisco, California, on Thursday, Judge Alsup countered the DOJ lawyer’s arguments, citing termination letters that explicitly stated the firings were carried out under OPM’s instructions.

“That should not have been done in our country,” Judge Alsup stated. “It was a sham in order to avoid statutory requirements.”

Danielle Leonard, an attorney representing a coalition of government employee unions, argued that probationary employees had been specifically targeted because they lacked the right to appeal their dismissals.

Judge Alsup also expressed concern over the firing of a government worker in Albuquerque, New Mexico, who had received top performance ratings yet was dismissed under the pretense of poor performance.

“I just want to say it is a sad day when our government would fire a good employee and say it’s for performance when they know good and well that’s a lie,” Judge Alsup said.

Following Alsup’s ruling, District Judge James Bredar in Baltimore, Maryland, issued a similar order, concluding that the Trump administration had violated regulations and casting doubt on claims that employees had been individually terminated for unsatisfactory performance.

Reacting to the initial ruling, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused Judge Alsup of “attempting to unconstitutionally seize the power of hiring and firing from the executive branch.”

She emphasized that the authority to make such decisions rested with the president, arguing that “singular district court judges cannot abuse the power of the entire judiciary to thwart the president’s agenda.”

“The Trump administration will immediately fight back against this absurd and unconstitutional order,” Leavitt added.

Elon Musk’s name was not explicitly mentioned in the California hearing, but he has been entrusted by President Trump with leading efforts to reduce the federal workforce through the newly formed Department of Government Efficiency, informally referred to as Doge.

“He was on everybody’s mind,” said Luz Fuller, president of a Sacramento branch of the American Federation of Government Employees, which represents over 4,500 workers in Northern California.

The White House has denied that Musk is officially heading the agency, though Trump referred to him as such during his Congressional address last week.

Google Challenges Utah’s App Store Age Verification Bill

Google is pushing back against efforts by other major technology companies to place the responsibility of age verification on app stores, contending that both app stores and developers should share the burden of enhancing child safety.

In a blog post published on Wednesday, Google criticized what it described as “concerning legislation” in Utah. The state recently became the first in the U.S. to pass a law requiring app stores to verify users’ ages and obtain parental consent before allowing minors to download applications.

“The bill requires app stores to share if a user is a kid or teenager with all app developers (effectively millions of individual companies) without parental consent or rules on how the information is used,” said Kareem Ghanem, Google’s director of public policy.

According to Ghanem, such a requirement poses serious privacy and security risks. “That raises real privacy and safety risks, like the potential for bad actors to sell the data or use it for other nefarious purposes,” he warned.

Google maintains that the level of data sharing mandated by the legislation is excessive. The company argues that the bill would ultimately relieve social media platforms of their responsibility to ensure that minors only see age-appropriate content.

Additionally, Google expressed concerns that requiring parental consent could interfere with how parents choose to supervise their children and could even restrict teenagers’ access to essential services such as navigation apps.

The bill now awaits a decision from Utah Gov. Spencer Cox (R). If signed into law, most of its provisions would take effect on May 7.

Meta, the parent company of Facebook and Instagram, has backed the legislation, along with social media platforms X and Snap. These companies argue that app stores should be responsible for verifying children’s ages rather than the individual platforms themselves.

However, Google has been advocating for an alternative approach—one that ensures “appropriate user consent” while also reducing the amount of sensitive data exposed.

The company has proposed a system where an “age signal” would be shared only with user or parental consent and only with developers of apps that could pose risks to minors.

“By just sharing with developers who need the information to deliver age-appropriate experiences, and only sharing the minimum amount of data needed to provide an age signal, it reduces the risk of sensitive information being shared broadly,” Ghanem explained.

Google argues that app developers are best suited to determine when age verification is necessary, as they have the most knowledge about their applications.

“Because developers know their apps best, they are best positioned to determine when and where an age-gate might be beneficial to their users, and that may evolve over time, which is another reason why a one-size-fits-all approach won’t adequately protect kids,” the company stated.

Under Google’s proposed framework, app stores would only provide “industry standard age assurances” to developers who require age-based restrictions. The company also suggested creating a centralized dashboard that would allow parents to manage their children’s digital experiences.

Google reaffirmed its commitment to child safety by reiterating its support for banning personalized advertisements targeted at users under the age of 18.

When asked about Google’s position, Meta’s senior public affairs manager Jamie Radice defended the Utah legislation and emphasized the need for app stores to take on a more significant role in online child safety.

“Parents across the country are calling for app stores to do more to keep children safe online, and 14 US states and federal lawmakers have introduced legislation that responds to their concerns,” Radice stated.

She acknowledged Google’s willingness to share age-related data with developers but questioned how the company would determine which applications should receive such information.

“We welcome Google’s concession that they can share age information with app developers, and we agree this should be done in a privacy-preserving manner. But with millions of apps on Google’s app store, and more added every day, it’s unclear how they’ll determine which apps are eligible to receive this data,” Radice said.

Apple, which operates one of the largest app stores alongside Google, has also opposed Utah’s legislation.

Earlier this month, Apple introduced a new “age assurance” technology that allows parents to select their child’s age range instead of providing an exact birth date when setting up child accounts.

Three U.S. Soldiers Arrested for Alleged Bribery and Selling Defense Secrets to China

The FBI arrested two active-duty U.S. Army soldiers and a veteran on Thursday, accusing them of bribery and theft of government property in an alleged scheme to sell classified national defense information to China.

“While bribery and corruption have thrived under China’s Communist Party, this behavior cannot be tolerated with our service members who are entrusted with sensitive military information, including national defense information,” stated FBI Director Kash Patel.

He further emphasized the FBI’s commitment to countering espionage attempts, saying, “The FBI and our partners will continue to work to uncover attempts by those in China to steal sensitive U.S. military information and hold all accountable who play a role in betraying our national defense.”

One of the accused, Jian Zhao, was stationed at Joint Base Lewis-McChord in Washington state. He is charged with allegedly conspiring to transmit classified national defense data to China. The other two individuals, Li Tian, also stationed at the same base, and Ruoyu Duan, a military veteran, face charges related to conspiracy to commit bribery and theft of government property.

The alleged scheme, which began in November 2021 and continued until at least December 2024, involved Tian and Duan working with unidentified accomplices to acquire sensitive military data. This included technical manuals related to U.S. Army vehicles, such as the Bradley and Stryker fighting vehicles.

According to authorities, Tian allegedly sold this information to Duan for an undisclosed sum. However, the U.S. Department of Justice has not specified what Duan did with the classified materials after receiving them.

Zhao is accused of attempting to sell stolen documents and hard drives containing sensitive information to an unidentified Chinese buyer. Prosecutors allege that he was paid $10,000 in exchange for 20 hard drives. His indictment also claims that he tried to sell data regarding the High Mobility Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS), intelligence on U.S. military preparations for potential conflicts with China, and a stolen computer capable of decrypting classified files.

Zhao allegedly received a total of $15,000 for his participation in the scheme.

The FBI conducted the investigation in collaboration with the U.S. Army Counterintelligence Command.

“These arrests underscore the persistent and increasing foreign intelligence threat facing our Army and nation,” said Brig. Gen. Rhett R. Cox, Commanding General at Army Counterintelligence Command.

“Laapataa Ladies” Dominates IIFA Awards With 10 Wins

India’s official submission for the Oscars, which did not secure a spot on the final list of nominees, triumphed at the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards, a prestigious event celebrating excellence in the country’s film industry.

Kiran Rao’s critically acclaimed film Laapataa Ladies, internationally titled Lost Ladies for its Oscar campaign, emerged as the top winner at the 2025 IIFA Awards. The film secured 10 awards, including best picture and best direction, marking a significant achievement for its team.

Released in 2023, the comedy revolves around two veiled brides who are mistakenly swapped during a train journey. The film delves into themes of patriarchy and gender roles, representing a departure from the traditionally male-centric narratives that have long dominated mainstream Indian cinema.

Expressing her gratitude, Rao said in her acceptance speech, “It’s a rare privilege to win an award for a film like Laapataa Ladies. It’s been a wonderful night. It’s a rare privilege to make a film like this.”

Unlike the typical Bollywood productions that prominently feature song-and-dance sequences, melodrama, and action-packed storylines, Rao’s film took a unique storytelling approach. It was recognized in multiple categories, winning awards for best story, best screenplay, and best actress in a leading role.

The IIFA Awards, an annual event, began on Saturday in Jaipur, a city in western India, and concluded on Sunday.

The star-studded night saw the participation of some of Indian cinema’s most renowned figures. Bollywood superstar Shah Rukh Khan and actor Shahid Kapoor were among those who performed on stage, adding to the glamour of the evening. Hosting duties were undertaken by veteran filmmaker Karan Johar and actor Kartik Aaryan, ensuring an entertaining show for audiences.

The event also served as a platform for celebrities to display their fashion choices. This year, the green carpet witnessed stunning appearances by well-known figures such as Madhuri Dixit, Katrina Kaif, and Kareena Kapoor Khan, who showcased their unique styles.

Trump’s Economic Policies Stir Recession Concerns Amid Market Turbulence

During his election campaign last year, Donald Trump assured Americans that he would bring in a new wave of economic prosperity. However, two months into his presidency, his messaging has shifted. He has now warned that lowering prices will be challenging and has advised the public to brace for a “little disturbance” before he can restore wealth to the U.S. economy.

Despite recent data indicating that inflation is cooling, analysts suggest that the likelihood of an economic downturn is rising, with many pointing to his policies as a contributing factor. This raises the question: Is Trump steering the world’s largest economy toward a recession?

Markets React as Recession Risks Escalate

In the U.S., a recession is defined as a prolonged and widespread decline in economic activity, often accompanied by rising unemployment and falling incomes. Recently, several economic analysts have sounded the alarm that the risks of such a scenario are mounting.

A report from JP Morgan has raised the probability of a recession to 40%, up from 30% at the beginning of the year, cautioning that U.S. policies are now “tilting away from growth.” Similarly, Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics, has increased his estimate of recession odds from 15% to 35%, citing the impact of tariffs.

These warnings have coincided with a significant decline in the S&P 500, which tracks 500 of the largest U.S. companies. The index has now dropped to its lowest point since September, signaling growing fears about the economic future.

Market instability has been partially fueled by concerns over new import taxes, known as tariffs, that Trump has imposed since taking office. His administration has targeted imports from America’s three largest trading partners with these tariffs and has threatened to expand them further. Analysts believe these actions will drive up prices and slow economic growth.

Meanwhile, official data from the U.S. Labor Department shows that inflation eased slightly in February, with prices rising 2.8% over the past year compared to 3% in January. Despite this, Trump and his economic advisors continue to caution the public to expect economic challenges. This marks a stark departure from his first term, when he frequently touted the stock market as a measure of his success.

“There will always be changes and adjustments,” Trump said last week in response to business leaders calling for more economic stability.

His stance has intensified investor concerns regarding his economic strategy. Goldman Sachs recently raised its own recession risk estimate from 15% to 20%, identifying policy changes as the primary threat to economic stability. However, the investment firm also noted that the White House could still “pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious.”

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data, recession risk would rise further,” analysts at Goldman Sachs warned.

Impact of Tariffs, Uncertainty, and Economic Slowdown

For many businesses, the greatest uncertainty stems from Trump’s tariffs, which have increased costs for American companies by imposing taxes on imports. As the administration continues to roll out its tariff plans, many firms are seeing their profit margins shrink. In response, some companies are holding back on new investments and hiring as they try to navigate an unpredictable future.

Investors are also worried about deep cuts to the government workforce and federal spending reductions.

Brian Gardner, chief of Washington policy strategy at the investment bank Stifel, explained that businesses and investors initially assumed Trump was using tariffs as a bargaining tool.

“But what the president and his cabinet are signaling is actually a bigger deal. It’s a restructuring of the American economy,” he said. “And that’s what’s been driving markets in the last couple of weeks.”

Even before these developments, the U.S. economy was experiencing a slowdown, partly due to actions taken by the Federal Reserve, which has kept interest rates elevated to cool economic activity and stabilize prices.

Recently, some economic data has pointed to a more pronounced weakening. Retail sales declined in February, and consumer and business confidence—which had surged following Trump’s election—has since fallen. Major corporations, including airlines, retailers like Walmart and Target, and manufacturers, have all issued warnings about reduced spending.

Some analysts fear that a continued decline in the stock market could lead to even tighter consumer spending, particularly among wealthier households. Since the U.S. economy is heavily dependent on consumer spending, and higher-income households play an increasingly significant role, such a shift could have major repercussions—especially as lower-income families continue to struggle with inflation.

Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell attempted to reassure the public in a speech last week, arguing that economic sentiment has not always been a reliable indicator of actual behavior.

“Despite elevated levels of uncertainty, the U.S. economy continues to be in a good place,” Powell stated.

However, the U.S. economy is deeply interconnected with global markets, a reality that adds another layer of complexity to the situation. Kathleen Brooks, research director at XTB, pointed out that these tariffs could create significant disruptions at a time when signs of economic weakness are already emerging.

“The fact that tariffs could disrupt that at the same time that there were signs that the U.S. economy was weakening anyway … is really fueling recession fears,” she said.

Tech Stock Market Correction and AI Bubble Concerns

Not all of the turmoil in the stock market can be attributed to Trump’s policies. Investors were already on edge about the possibility of a market correction, particularly after the substantial gains recorded over the last two years. Much of this growth has been fueled by enthusiasm surrounding artificial intelligence (AI) and the tech sector.

For instance, chipmaker Nvidia saw its share price skyrocket from under $15 at the start of 2023 to nearly $150 by November of last year. Such dramatic increases have sparked debate over whether an “AI bubble” has formed. Many investors are now closely watching for signs that the bubble may burst, which could have significant consequences for the broader market—regardless of what’s happening in the wider economy.

As concerns about the U.S. economy intensify, sustaining the optimism surrounding AI has become even more challenging.

Tech analyst Gene Munster of Deepwater Asset Management expressed his growing doubts on social media this week, admitting that his confidence had “taken a step back” due to the rising likelihood of a recession.

“The bottom line is that if we enter a recession, it will be extremely difficult for the AI trade to continue,” he said.

With the combination of Trump’s economic policies, stock market volatility, and uncertainty in the tech sector, investors and analysts remain on high alert. Whether the administration chooses to adjust its approach in response to mounting risks could determine whether the U.S. economy avoids a full-blown recession or slides into one in the months ahead.

Robert De Niro’s Netflix Thriller ‘The Whisper Man’ in the Works After ‘Zero Day’ Success

Robert De Niro’s latest Netflix series, Zero Day, continues to maintain a strong presence in the streaming platform’s top 10 most-watched list, even weeks after its debut.

This successful collaboration appears to be just the beginning, as Netflix has now revealed initial details about an upcoming crime thriller film featuring the legendary actor in a significant role.

Titled The Whisper Man, the movie is an adaptation of Alex North’s bestselling novel of the same name. If the name rings a bell, it’s because the book gained widespread popularity upon its release.

Netflix’s Tudum website has shared an official description of the film, which suggests an intense and suspenseful narrative. According to the logline:

“When his 8-year-old son is abducted, a widowed crime writer looks to his estranged father, a retired former police detective, for help, only to discover a connection with the decades-old case of a convicted serial killer known as ‘The Whisper Man.’”

A Star-Studded Cast Joins the Project

While De Niro’s role has not been explicitly stated, it is widely speculated that he will portray the retired detective. Alongside him, Netflix has confirmed two other key actors: Adam Scott, known for his role in Severance, and Michelle Monaghan, who has been gaining attention for her performance in the third season of HBO’s acclaimed anthology series The White Lotus.

This trio makes for an exciting lineup. Scott’s involvement is particularly noteworthy, as he continues to expand his range with serious roles, while Monaghan brings prior experience in the crime thriller genre, having starred in the 2007 film Gone Baby Gone.

Behind the scenes, James Ashcroft has been brought on as the film’s director. His latest psychological thriller, The Rule of Jenny Pen, was just released in theaters last Friday, March 7. The screenplay adaptation of The Whisper Man will be penned by writers Ben Jacoby and Chase Palmer.

Netflix’s Sixth Collaboration With the Russo Brothers’ AGBO

This project also marks Netflix’s sixth partnership with AGBO, the production company run by the Russo brothers. Their fifth joint venture, The Electric State, a sci-fi blockbuster starring Millie Bobby Brown and Chris Pratt, is set to premiere on the streaming platform this Friday, March 14. However, early reviews have been overwhelmingly negative, with the film currently holding a disappointing 21% rating on Rotten Tomatoes.

While Netflix has confirmed that The Whisper Man will enter production this spring, the streaming giant has not provided a specific release timeline. Given that filming has yet to begin, the movie is likely to be released in 2026.

A Promising Thriller on the Horizon

Regardless of the wait, The Whisper Man is shaping up to be a must-watch thriller. The combination of a strong cast and well-received source material suggests a promising film. The key question remains: will the final product meet expectations?

For now, if you’re looking for gripping content to watch, Netflix has recently added a new psychological thriller full of unexpected twists. Additionally, there’s a complete rundown of everything new arriving on the platform in March 2025, offering plenty of options to keep viewers engaged.

Drop in H-1B Visa Applications from Hyderabad Amid Higher Fees and Stricter Rules

The number of H-1B visa applications from Hyderabad has witnessed a steep decline this year, according to local agents and consultancies. The decrease in interest is attributed to increased application fees and stricter filing regulations imposed by the U.S. government. Hyderabad, a key center for global technology firms, is home to several multinational companies such as Microsoft, Google, Amazon, Facebook, and Oracle. The city has played a crucial role in India’s IT exports and has historically been a major source of professionals applying for U.S. work visas, particularly the H-1B. However, this year, local consultancies have observed a sharp drop in applications, reflecting mounting concerns among professionals.

Arun Teja Bukkaparapu, who runs a consultancy in Hyderabad, shared his experience with TOI’s Nirupa Vatyam, stating, “I have not even received a single call about H-1B filing until now.” He explained that growing uncertainty regarding job prospects in the U.S., coupled with a significant fee hike from USD 10 to USD 215, has deterred many potential applicants. Additionally, he pointed out that new rules preventing multiple applications under different employers have further reduced interest. “The fact that the new rule prevents people from filing multiple applications and mandates only one application against one passport has also led to less demand,” he noted. Previously, individuals could submit multiple applications through various employers, thereby increasing their chances of selection.

Some IT professionals have expressed that the rising costs are another significant concern. K Sai, an IT professional with around ten years of experience, explained, “Last year, I spent over 5 lakh on the entire application process, but my visa was rejected in the end. This year too, I wanted to apply, but now I am worried about the enhanced fee. Further, consultancies also hiked their fee by about 50%.”

The H-1B visa program has an annual cap of 65,000 visas, with an additional 20,000 reserved for individuals holding a U.S. master’s degree or higher. While Indian nationals represent a large proportion of H-1B visa holders, there is no specific quota allocated for India. According to agents, around 1.5 million applications were submitted last year, of which 600,000 to 700,000 were unique filings, while the remaining were from individuals submitting multiple applications.

Mahesh Babu Boyela, who operates companies in Texas, Florida, and Arizona, highlighted that even U.S.-based companies are reluctant to file H-1B applications this year. “Earlier, they used to file applications even for people with two to three years of experience. Now, not many are coming forward. Last year, people got H-1B even for six months,” he said. Boyela also pointed out, “This has become an issue as companies have to immediately start a new application soon after an H-1B was sanctioned, as the process of getting an extension takes about four to six months.”

Consultancies have noted that while the overall number of applications has declined, some candidates are still applying—particularly those who have a client willing to provide the necessary documentation. These applicants often search for job opportunities once they arrive in the U.S.

Attukal Pongala: Celebrating the World’s Largest Gathering of Women

Attukal Pongala, recognized as the world’s largest congregation of women, is a grand 10-day festival held at the Attukal Bhagavathy Temple in Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala. Dedicated to Attukal Devi, also known as Bhadrakali, the Goddess of salvation and prosperity, the festival draws countless devotees who come to offer prayers and seek divine blessings.

Women from various parts of South India participate in this sacred event, preparing and carrying sweet dishes made with coconut, jaggery, and plantain in earthen pots as offerings to the Goddess. The highlight of the festival is the ninth day, known as Attukal Pongala Mahotsavam, considered the most auspicious day of the celebrations.

This year, the festival began on March 5 and will continue until March 15, with the primary gathering taking place on March 13.

Here are some heartfelt Attukal Pongala wishes to share with loved ones:

“May your prayers be answered and your life be filled with the blessings of Attukal Bhagavathy.”

“May this Attukal Pongala bring peace, prosperity, and happiness to your home and heart.”

“Wishing you a joyful Attukal Pongala filled with blessings, prosperity, and the warmth of community spirit.”

“Wishing you prosperity on this auspicious Attukal Pongala.”

“May your prayers be answered and your day be radiant. Attukal Pongala Greetings.”

“Wishing you a joyous Attukal Pongala filled with devotion, peace, and divine blessings. May Attukal Amma shower her grace upon you, bringing peace, prosperity, and good health. Let the sacred fire ignite positivity and faith in your heart.”

“Wishing everyone the divine blessings of Attukal Pongala! On this sacred day of devotion and togetherness, let’s extend our prayers beyond rituals and into actions.”

“Let the flames of Pongala illuminate your path with hope, faith, and positivity. Have a blessed Attukal Pongala!”

“Sending you heartfelt wishes for a Pongala filled with unity, harmony, and togetherness among family and friends. Happy Attukal Pongala!”

“Let this Attukal Pongala mark the beginning of new aspirations, hopes, and opportunities in your life. I wish you success and prosperity!”

Solar-Powered Water Purification Brings Clean Drinking Water to Rural Schools in India

In many developing nations, particularly in South Asia, a significant portion of the population resides in rural areas. The availability of clean drinking water in these regions, especially in rural schools, remains a major concern. Studies indicate that not only is there a scarcity of water, but the drinking water that is available in schools often contains harmful contaminants. High levels of coliform bacteria and dangerous chemicals such as arsenic and nitrates have been detected, which pose serious health risks. Consumption of such contaminated water can lead to thyroid disorders, cancer, skin ailments, kidney diseases, and numerous other health complications.

Drinking water with excessive coliform bacteria is particularly hazardous for children, as it can cause severe intestinal infections. These infections can result in illnesses such as diarrhea, typhoid, cholera, hepatitis A and E, and other waterborne diseases. The consequences extend beyond physical health, as prolonged intestinal infections can also impact mental well-being. Research suggests that such infections in children can contribute to long-term psychiatric disorders, further emphasizing the importance of providing safe drinking water in schools. This issue is particularly relevant in South Asia, where poverty and inadequate access to clean drinking water are widespread.

Solar Water Purification System Installed by NARI

To address this critical problem, the Nimbkar Agricultural Research Institute (NARI), a non-governmental organization based in Phaltan, Maharashtra, India, has developed an innovative clean drinking water technology (CDWT). This system has the capacity to provide 100-200 liters of purified water daily, sufficient to meet the drinking water needs of approximately 200 students in rural schools.

Two schools, one in Nandal village and another in Adarki village, both located in Phaltan Taluka, have been selected for the implementation of this technology. The CDWT systems, donated by NARI, have been operational in these schools for the past four to five months, functioning efficiently to provide students with access to clean drinking water.

Rainwater Harvesting and Solar Purification

The core of this water purification system lies in its ability to harvest rainwater and purify it using a specialized solar-powered purification process developed by NARI. Typically, rainwater runoff is utilized as grey water for non-drinking purposes, but this technology is pioneering its use for drinking. Rainwater, in its natural state, does not contain harmful chemicals like nitrates and arsenic, and if these contaminants are present, they are usually found in trace amounts. With proper purification, rainwater can serve as a safe and reliable source of drinking water.

The system collects rainwater from school rooftops using specially designed channels. The water then passes through filtration units before being stored in food-grade plastic tanks. After storage, the water undergoes additional filtration and solar thermal purification, which operates without the need for electricity. The size of the storage tanks is determined based on daily water consumption, the available rooftop area, and the region’s annual rainfall levels.

The development of this technology has been an ongoing process, spanning 10 to 15 years of research and experimentation. Various solar water heating techniques, filter materials, and purification strategies were tested to ensure optimal water quality. The solar thermal purification system was extensively evaluated over several years to collect data on its efficiency throughout different seasons.

One of the key findings of these trials was that even on completely overcast days, the system remains effective in eliminating coliform bacteria. This is achieved by ensuring that the temperature of stagnant water in the solar purification unit exceeds 45°C for at least three hours, a threshold sufficient to inactivate harmful E. coli bacteria. Tests conducted in Phaltan indicate that the system fails to reach this temperature on only three to five days per year, demonstrating its reliability in most conditions.

Regular testing of the purified drinking water at NARI’s laboratories has shown that the microbial E. coli count remains below 20 MPN, which is well within the standards set by the World Health Organization (WHO). This consistent performance confirms that the system is effectively providing safe drinking water to students.

Educational Benefits for Students

Beyond providing clean water, the CDWT system is designed to be interactive and educational. Students in both participating schools have had access to clean drinking water for several months, marking a significant improvement in their daily lives. The system is modular and simple enough to be operated by schoolchildren, making it an excellent educational tool.

A key objective of this initiative is to teach students about the principles of rainwater harvesting, solar energy, and water quality testing through hands-on learning. This approach aims to foster an interest in STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) subjects among rural students, potentially inspiring them to pursue careers in these fields.

To facilitate this learning process, instructional materials have been developed in the local language. These materials cover topics such as solar energy utilization, water purification methods, and rainwater harvesting techniques. Teachers at the schools have been provided with these resources to integrate them into their lessons, ensuring that students gain valuable knowledge about sustainable water management.

Cost and Affordability of the System

One of the primary cost components of the CDWT system is the rainwater storage tanks, which account for approximately 60% of the total installation cost. The Indian government’s Jal Jeevan Mission, a national initiative aimed at providing clean drinking water to every rural household and public institution, including schools, could potentially cover this cost. If the government subsidizes the storage tanks, it would significantly enhance the affordability of this technology for rural schools.

The system is designed to have a lifespan of at least 10 years. Over this period, the cost of water production is estimated at Rs. 2.3 per liter, assuming a five-year loan repayment for the system. However, if the cost of the storage tanks is covered by the government, the cost of purified water reduces to Rs. 1.3 per liter. While this cost may be slightly higher than conventional water supply methods, the health benefits provided by this clean water system far outweigh the financial considerations.

By implementing this innovative solution, rural schools in India and other developing regions can address the persistent challenge of contaminated drinking water. The integration of solar-powered purification and rainwater harvesting not only ensures a sustainable water source but also promotes environmental awareness and scientific learning among students. With support from government initiatives and NGOs, such projects have the potential to significantly improve the health and educational outcomes for children in underprivileged communities.

Ukraine Accepts US-Proposed 30-Day Ceasefire, Awaits Russia’s Response

Ukraine has announced its willingness to accept an immediate 30-day ceasefire with Russia, a proposal put forth by the United States following discussions between the two nations in Saudi Arabia.

US Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated that he would present the proposal to Moscow, emphasizing that “the ball is in their court.” However, Russia has yet to issue a public response to the offer.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky expressed optimism about the proposal, asserting that it is now Washington’s responsibility to persuade Russia to agree to the “positive” plan.

The meeting in Jeddah on Tuesday marked the first formal engagement between Ukraine and the US since the heated confrontation between Zelensky and US President Donald Trump at the Oval Office on February 28.

In a joint statement, the US declared its commitment to resuming intelligence-sharing and security assistance to Ukraine, which had been previously halted due to the public dispute at the White House.

“Both delegations agreed to name their negotiating teams and immediately begin negotiations toward an enduring peace that provides for Ukraine’s long-term security,” the statement read.
During a press conference in Jeddah late Tuesday, Rubio expressed hope that Russia would accept the ceasefire proposal.
Ukraine, he stated, was “ready to stop shooting and start talking,” adding that if Russia were to reject the proposal, “then we’ll unfortunately know what the impediment is to peace here.”

“Today we made an offer that the Ukrainians have accepted, which is to enter into a ceasefire and into immediate negotiations,” Rubio said.

“We’ll take this offer now to the Russians, and we hope they’ll say yes to peace. The ball is now in their court,” he added.

Trump’s special envoy, Steve Witkoff, who was present at the Jeddah talks, is expected to travel to Russia in the coming days, a source with knowledge of the planning told the BBC. However, this plan remains subject to change.
The proposed ceasefire extends beyond Zelensky’s initial call for a partial truce, which had been limited to air and naval conflicts.

Following the meeting, Zelensky expressed gratitude toward Trump, acknowledging “the constructiveness” of the discussions in Jeddah.

In a video message, he urged Russia to demonstrate its willingness to “stop the war or continue the war.”
“It is time for the full truth,” he declared.

The Kremlin has yet to provide an official reaction. However, on Tuesday, Moscow indicated that it would release a statement after Washington briefed it on the outcome of the discussions.
Prominent Russian lawmaker Kostantin Kosachev remarked that any agreements would be made “on our terms, not American.”

Kosachev, chairman of the Federation Council’s international affairs committee, further stated that “real agreements are still being written… at the front,” underscoring that Russian forces were continuing their advance in Ukraine.
Since launching its full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, Russia has seized control of approximately 20% of Ukrainian territory.

Meanwhile, at the White House, Trump told reporters that he planned to engage in discussions with Russian President Vladimir Putin, expressing hope that he would agree to the ceasefire.
“It takes two to tango, as they say,” Trump remarked, voicing optimism that the deal could be reached in the coming days.

“We have a big meeting with Russia tomorrow, and some great conversations hopefully will ensue,” he said.
Trump also mentioned that he was open to inviting Zelensky back to Washington.
Maria Zakharova, the Russian Foreign Ministry’s spokeswoman, indicated that Moscow had not ruled out further discussions with US representatives in the coming days, according to Russia’s state-owned news agency Tass.
Asked about whether Trump and Zelensky’s relationship was “back on track,” Rubio dismissed the notion, instead emphasizing that “peace” was the true priority.

“This is not Mean Girls, this is not some episode of some television show,” Rubio stated.

“Today people will die in this war, they died yesterday and—sadly—unless there’s a ceasefire, they will die tomorrow.”
The US and Ukrainian teams convened in Jeddah following a series of overnight drone strikes near Moscow, which left at least three people dead. Russian officials argued that these attacks demonstrated Ukraine’s unwillingness to pursue a diplomatic resolution to the war.

As tensions continue, questions remain about the origins of the conflict.
Why did Putin’s Russia invade Ukraine?

In a significant escalation, the Moscow region suffered its largest drone attack since the start of the full-scale war.
Additionally, Ukraine hopes that an agreement with the US regarding critical minerals will help secure Washington’s continued support.

During the talks, Trump and Zelensky reaffirmed their commitment to finalizing a key minerals agreement “as soon as possible,” according to their joint statement.

Ukraine has proposed granting the US access to its rare earth mineral reserves in exchange for American security guarantees. However, this arrangement was previously disrupted by tensions at the White House.
Rubio clarified that the minerals agreement was not a primary focus of Tuesday’s discussions, but had instead been negotiated separately by the US and Ukrainian treasuries.

Also present at the Jeddah meeting was US National Security Adviser Mike Waltz.
The joint US-Ukraine statement emphasized Kyiv’s stance that Europe must play a role in any future peace process.
Washington’s evolving approach to the conflict—including efforts to sideline European nations in negotiations—has sparked emergency meetings among European leaders in recent weeks.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen welcomed the “positive development” emerging from Tuesday’s discussions.

The pursuit of a swift resolution to the war in Ukraine has been a major policy objective for the US president.
Trump has increasingly pressured Zelensky to accept a ceasefire, though he has refrained from providing the immediate security guarantees that the Ukrainian leader has insisted upon.

On Friday, Trump issued an unusual warning of additional sanctions against Moscow as part of his efforts to broker a deal. Russia is already heavily sanctioned by the US over the war.

Trump justified the potential new measures by stating that “Russia is absolutely ‘pounding’ Ukraine on the battlefield right now.”

Meanwhile, hostilities continued on the ground on Tuesday.

In the Moscow region, three men were killed in what Russian officials described as the most extensive drone assault on the Russian capital since the beginning of the full-scale war.

Health authorities reported that an additional 18 people, including three children, sustained injuries in the attacks.
According to Russia’s defense ministry, a total of 337 drones were intercepted across Russian territory, with 91 of them being shot down over the Moscow region.

Ukraine also faced continued bombardment, with officials reporting Russian drone strikes on Kyiv and multiple other regions.

Ukraine’s air force claimed to have intercepted 79 of the 126 drones launched by Russia, along with an Iskander-M ballistic missile.

At the time of reporting, there were no immediate details on casualties resulting from the Ukrainian strikes.

Immigration Drove All U.S. Population Growth in 2022-23 for the First Time Since 1850

For the first time since the U.S. Census Bureau began tracking nativity data in 1850, all population growth in the country during the 2022-23 period was due to immigration rather than births, a migration research institute reported Wednesday.

The Migration Policy Institute (MPI) attributed this trend to declining birth rates in the U.S., noting that immigration was the sole driver of population growth. The findings were part of MPI’s latest edition of “Frequently Requested Statistics on Immigrants and Immigration in the United States.”

Between 2022 and 2023, the immigrant population expanded by 1.6 million, reaching a record 47.8 million by 2023. This marked a 3.6% increase in the foreign-born population, the highest annual growth since 2010, according to the institute’s analysis.

Despite the increase in numbers, the proportion of foreign-born individuals in the U.S. stood at 14.3% of the total population. This remains slightly below the historical peak of 14.8% recorded in 1890, MPI noted.

MPI’s report highlighted that nearly three-quarters, or 73%, of immigrants residing in the U.S. have legal status. Almost half of them are naturalized citizens. Other legally present individuals include green-card holders (permanent residents), refugees, and individuals granted asylum. Additionally, those with long-term visas, such as students, temporary workers, and individuals in other visa categories, are also considered legally present.

Meanwhile, birth rates in the U.S. declined to an all-time low in 2023, dropping 2% from the previous year, according to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). The country’s fertility rate decreased from 56 births per 1,000 females aged 15-44 in 2022 to 54.5 births per 1,000 in 2023.

The Census Bureau initially collected nativity data in 1850, when immigrants numbered 2.2 million and comprised 10% of the total U.S. population.

This demographic shift comes at a time when U.S. immigration policy is undergoing significant changes. The Trump administration has introduced several measures aimed at restricting immigration, primarily targeting unauthorized entries. However, some legal immigration and naturalization pathways have also been affected by these policy shifts.

Americans Disapprove of Trump’s Economic Stewardship, CNN Poll Shows

A new CNN poll conducted by SSRS reveals that a majority of Americans are dissatisfied with President Donald Trump’s handling of the economy, despite his approval ratings on other key issues reaching some of their highest levels during his presidency.

With financial markets experiencing declines and investors expressing concerns over Trump’s trade policies, 56% of Americans disapprove of his economic management—the worst rating he has received on this issue during his presidency. In contrast, 51% of respondents approve of his immigration policies, particularly his stricter enforcement measures, marking a 7-point increase from previous approval levels during his tenure.

Public opinion is divided regarding Trump’s management of the federal budget and government operations, with 48% approving and about half disapproving in both areas. His approval ratings are even lower for health care policy (43%), foreign affairs (42%), and tariffs (39%).

Currently, Trump’s overall job approval stands at 45%, while 54% disapprove. These figures align with his ratings from March 2017 and match the highest approval ratings of his presidency. Meanwhile, 35% of Americans believe the country is on the right track—an increase from 29% in January, driven largely by a surge in optimism among Republicans. However, Trump’s approval remains highly polarized, with Republicans being roughly ten times more likely than Democrats to view his performance favorably.

A broad consensus exists across party lines that Trump has taken a unique approach to presidential power. An overwhelming 86% of Americans, including more than three-quarters of both Democrats and Republicans, believe his exercise of presidential authority differs significantly from past presidents. Nearly half (49%) consider this a negative shift, while 37% see it as a positive change. Only 14% believe his governing style aligns with historical presidential norms.

Economic Concerns Dominate Voter Priorities

Economic issues remain the primary concern for Americans, with 42% ranking the economy as the top issue out of a list of seven. This is more than twice the percentage who identified any other issue as their biggest concern, including democracy (19%), the functioning of the federal government (14%), immigration (12%), health care (6%), foreign policy (3%), and climate change (2%).

Across party lines, the economy remains a key focus. Among Democrats, concerns about democracy slightly outweigh economic worries (36% versus 33%). However, among Republicans and independents, the economy is the dominant concern, with 45% in both groups selecting it as the top issue.

Trump’s perceived ability to deliver change and effectively manage the government has improved since his first term. Currently, 50% of Americans believe he can bring necessary change, and 49% think he can manage the government efficiently. Both figures have risen from 43% and 42%, respectively, in November 2019. Additionally, 51% believe Trump possesses the stamina and mental sharpness required for the job, though fewer consider him an effective world leader (46%) or believe he respects the rule of law (38%).

Concerns Over Musk’s Role and Government Downsizing

Trump’s return to office has been marked by efforts to cut federal spending and reduce the government workforce. However, the public’s reaction to these initiatives—and to the prominent role Trump has given tech billionaire Elon Musk—has been largely negative.

Only 35% of Americans hold a favorable view of Musk, compared to 53% who view him negatively, with 11% expressing no opinion. This makes Musk both more recognizable and more unpopular than Vice President JD Vance, whom 33% view positively and 44% unfavorably, with 23% undecided.

Skepticism about Musk’s role in government is widespread. About 60% of Americans believe he lacks the necessary experience and judgment to influence government operations. Even among Trump supporters who back government reform, 28% doubt Musk’s ability to carry out such changes effectively.

Public opinion is also split on Trump’s government reforms. A majority (55%) believe his administration’s changes are primarily intended to advance his political agenda, while 45% see them as necessary for improving government efficiency.

When asked about the potential impact of Trump’s federal budget cuts, 62% express concern that the reductions could go too far and result in the elimination of essential programs. Meanwhile, 37% worry that the cuts do not go far enough in eliminating fraud and waste. Partisan divisions are stark: 90% of Democrats and 69% of independents fear the loss of crucial government programs, while 73% of Republicans are more concerned about the persistence of government inefficiencies.

Lingering Doubts From Trump’s First Term

Many of the opinions surrounding Trump’s second presidency mirror those from his first term. Only 40% of Americans believe he genuinely cares about people like them, and just 34% think he can unite the country—figures that remain largely unchanged since 2019.

Strong disapproval of Trump’s presidency continues to surpass strong approval. In this latest survey, 41% of Americans say they strongly disapprove of Trump, compared to 26% who strongly approve.

A consistent trend throughout Trump’s political career has been the public’s skepticism about whether he has the right priorities. In the latest poll, 57% say he has not focused on the country’s most pressing issues. Furthermore, 59% of respondents consider Trump’s views and policies to be too extreme, up slightly from 54% of registered voters who held this view last September, just before his reelection.

Despite widespread criticism, some Americans express nuanced opinions about Trump’s policies and leadership. For instance, 12% approve of his handling of immigration but disapprove of his economic management. Similarly, 15% believe Trump fails to respect the rule of law but still think he can bring necessary change to the country.

Methodology and Survey Details

The CNN poll, conducted by SSRS, surveyed a random national sample of 1,206 U.S. adults from March 6-9. The participants were selected from a probability-based panel, with interviews conducted online or by telephone with a live interviewer. The margin of error for the overall results is ±3.3 percentage points.

Kaun Banega Crorepati Nears 25 Years, Speculation Grows Over Amitabh Bachchan’s Successor

The popular quiz-based television game show Kaun Banega Crorepati (KBC) is set to complete 25 years on July 3, 2025. Bollywood icon Amitabh Bachchan has been the face of the show for most of its run, except for the third season in 2007, which was hosted by Shah Rukh Khan. Currently, Bachchan is hosting the 16th season, which premiered on August 12 and has been airing for over seven months on Sony Entertainment Television and streaming on SonyLIV, crossing the 150-episode mark.

According to multiple reports, the ongoing season is likely to be Bachchan’s last as the host of Kaun Banega Crorepati. The 82-year-old actor had already given an emotional farewell in the concluding episode of KBC 15, where he reportedly asked the channel to look for a new host. However, the network was unable to find a suitable replacement, leading to Bachchan continuing for KBC 16. Now, as the season unfolds with the longest runtime in the show’s history, it appears increasingly likely that a new host will take over in the next edition.

In anticipation of this change, the Indian Institute of Human Brands (IIHB) and Rediffusion’s Red Lab conducted a study last week in the Hindi-speaking regions to identify the public’s preferred successor to Bachchan. The survey gathered responses from 768 individuals, including 408 men and 360 women.

The results revealed that Shah Rukh Khan emerged as the top choice, securing 63% of the votes. Unexpectedly, Aishwarya Rai Bachchan was the second most popular choice, receiving support from 51% of respondents. Other names that appeared in the rankings included former Indian cricket captain MS Dhoni (37%), cricket commentator Harsha Bhogle (32%), and actor Anil Kapoor (15%). Notably, 42% of those surveyed expressed their desire for Bachchan to continue as host, stating, “Amitabh Bachchan should continue till he can.”

Additionally, Aamir Khan, Madhuri Dixit, Shashi Tharoor, and Chetan Bhagat were among the other names suggested by the participants. However, there has been no official announcement confirming whether KBC 16 will be Amitabh Bachchan’s final season. Fans and viewers will have to wait for the season’s final episode to learn whether Bachchan will step down and who might take his place as the next host.

Indian Students Studying Abroad Decline in 2024 as Canada, UK, and US See Major Drops

The number of Indian students traveling abroad for higher education saw a significant decline in 2024, with Canada, the UK, and the US experiencing the most substantial drops. According to data from the Bureau of Immigration, student departures to these three nations fell by 27%, primarily due to stricter visa policies, increasing costs, and diplomatic tensions.

Meanwhile, other destinations such as Russia, Germany, and Uzbekistan have witnessed a rise in enrollments from Indian students.

Canada Experiences the Sharpest Decline

In just one year, the total number of Indian students in Canada, the UK, and the US decreased by 164,370. Canada was the most affected, recording a steep 41% drop, as the number of Indian students fell from 233,532 in 2023 to 137,608 in 2024. The UK and the US also saw reductions of 27% and 13%, respectively.

This contributed to an overall 15% decrease in the number of Indians pursuing education abroad, dropping from 892,989 in 2023 to 759,064 in 2024.

Diplomatic Tensions and Stricter Policies Impact Canada

The sharp reduction in Indian students heading to Canada coincided with worsening diplomatic relations between Ottawa and Delhi. The tensions escalated in September 2023 after Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau accused India of being involved in the killing of Sikh separatist leader Hardeep Singh Nijjar.

In response to these allegations, India withdrew security for Canadian diplomats, which led Canada to recall 41 of its diplomats.

Following these developments, Canada imposed tighter visa and student permit rules. The Immigration Refugees and Citizenship Canada (IRCC) introduced new regulations granting authorities greater power to revoke study and work permits under specific conditions.

UK’s Visa Restrictions on Family Members

The UK also implemented policy changes affecting international students. In January 2024, the British government introduced a rule barring most international students—except those enrolled in postgraduate research or government-funded programs—from bringing family members.

This restriction likely discouraged Indian students, contributing to the 27% decline in enrollments in the UK.

Indian Students Seek Alternative Destinations

As the appeal of traditional study destinations waned, countries like Germany, Russia, and Uzbekistan emerged as preferred choices for Indian students.

Germany experienced an increase of 34,702 Indian students in 2024.

Similarly, Uzbekistan and Bangladesh saw growth, with 9,915 and 8,864 more Indian students enrolling, respectively.

Russia recorded a 34% surge in Indian student enrollments, benefiting from affordable education and more lenient visa policies.

This marks only the second time since 2019, excluding the pandemic year of 2020, that the number of Indian students studying abroad has dropped. Whether these figures recover in 2025 will depend on various factors, including visa regulations, diplomatic relations, and economic conditions.

Recession Fears Grip Markets Amid Policy Uncertainty

Just 20 days ago, the U.S. stock market was at record highs, the economy was expanding steadily, and a recession seemed far from reality. However, in a dramatic turnaround, concerns about an economic downturn are now widespread.

Worries about a potential recession are rattling the stock market, leading to downward revisions in GDP forecasts. Meanwhile, President Donald Trump and his economic advisors are facing increased scrutiny regarding the possibility of a recession but have so far failed to calm growing unease.

On Tuesday, U.S. stocks declined again, unable to recover from Monday’s sharp losses. The Dow fell by approximately 400 points (about 1%), and the Nasdaq continued its slide after suffering its worst day in two and a half years.

Selling pressure intensified following Trump’s announcement of a 50% tariff on steel and aluminum imports from Canada, with warnings that additional tariffs might follow.

The swift shift in investor sentiment is striking. Just a few months ago, there were concerns that the economy was performing too strongly, yet now, fears of a serious downturn have taken hold.

Despite the market’s turbulence, the U.S. economy does not appear to be on the verge of an imminent recession. Economic growth remained solid at the end of last year, and the first quarter has yet to conclude. Furthermore, the job market remained on an upward trajectory in January and February.

It is far too soon to declare that a recession—a prolonged economic slump marked by widespread job losses, bankruptcies, and foreclosures—is inevitable.

Previous recession alarms have, in hindsight, been overblown. The 2022 panic, for instance, included predictions that placed the likelihood of a recession at 99%.

However, economists now acknowledge that the risk of a recession has increased, even if it remains relatively low.

Uncertainty surrounding Trump’s economic policies—particularly his tariff strategies—is a significant factor fueling market instability.

“This is a very resilient economy. It can take a licking and keep on ticking. But it doesn’t like this uncertainty,” said David Kelly, chief global strategist at JPMorgan Asset Management.

On Monday, former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers expressed concern, telling CNN that a recession is a “real possibility.”

“We’ve got a real possibility of a vicious cycle where a weakening economy leads to weaker markets, and then weaker markets lead to a weakening economy,” Summers said during an interview.

Business Community Faces Uncertainty

Kelly described the economy and financial markets as suffering from an “uncertainty tax” stemming from questions about Trump’s tariffs, federal spending reductions, and widespread federal job cuts.

“Right now, a lot of businesspeople are like deer in headlights. That’sa very dangerous place to be,” he warned.

Bill Dudley, former president of the New York Federal Reserve, echoed these concerns in an interview with CNN on Monday. While he called it “premature” to predict a recession, he acknowledged that the risk has “definitely gone up.” Dudley attributed this to confusion surrounding trade policy.

“Tariffs have two effects: One, they push up prices. And two, they push down growth,” he explained. “The Trump administration is making things worse with this on-again, off-again approach. The uncertainty level is higher than it needs to be.”

Summers emphasized the importance of stability in financial markets, noting that they have instead experienced “surprise after surprise after surprise.”

“All of this emphasis on tariffs and all of the ambiguity and uncertainty created about tariffs has, ironically, both chilled demand, made businesses not invest, made consumers think they should hold off before making big spending commitments,” he said.

Market Declines Intensify

The market turmoil has continued to escalate.

Following its worst week in six months, the S&P 500 declined nearly 3% on Monday. The index has now fallen about 9% since reaching its all-time high on February 19.

“The stock market is losing confidence in the Trump 2.0 policies,” Ed Yardeni, president of investment advisory Yardeni Research, said in a phone interview with CNN. “Everything is at risk now, mostly because of the administration’s rush to establish so many objectives in a very short period of time — with unintended consequences.”

CNN’s Fear & Greed Index, which measures market sentiment, plunged further into “extreme fear” territory on Monday, a sharp shift from the “neutral” rating of just a few weeks prior.

Tech stocks have been particularly hard hit as investors flee from riskier assets in favor of defensive sectors such as utilities, healthcare, and consumer staples.

On Monday, the Nasdaq tumbled 4%—its biggest one-day drop since September 2022. The losses were led by the “Magnificent 7,” a group of seven high-growth tech stocks that previously seemed unstoppable. Tesla saw its stock price plunge 13%, while Nvidia, Apple, and Alphabet each dropped by more than 5%.

Potential Real-World Economic Impact

It is important to note that stock market fluctuations do not always directly reflect economic conditions.

Unemployment remains low at 4.1%, and the U.S. economy continued adding jobs in February, marking the 50th consecutive month of employment growth—the second-longest uninterrupted job growth period in modern history.

However, there is a risk that ongoing market instability could spill over into the broader economy.

Consumer confidence, which has already been declining in recent months, may fall further as Americans become increasingly aware of the market turmoil. A decline in consumer sentiment could negatively impact spending, which serves as the primary driver of the U.S. economy.

Delta Air Lines revised its profit outlook downward on Monday, citing deteriorating corporate and consumer confidence as factors dampening travel demand.

Yardeni raised concerns about the “negative wealth effects” that could arise if market losses continue.

“Trump is going to have to rethink his notion that it’s okay to let the market go down while he is experimenting with tariffs and slashing federal payrolls,” he said.

Another troubling sign is the growing number of corporate bankruptcies.

According to S&P Global Market Intelligence, there were 129 U.S. corporate bankruptcies in the first two months of 2025—the highest figure for this period since 2010, when the country was still reeling from the Great Recession.

Goldman Sachs Raises Recession Odds

Concerns over heightened tariffs prompted Goldman Sachs to increase its recession probability estimate on Friday, though the revision was modest. The investment bank now projects a 20% chance of a recession within the next 12 months, up from its previous 15% estimate.

“We raised it by only a limited amount at this point because we see policy changes as the key risk, and the White House has the option to pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious,” Goldman Sachs economists wrote in a note to clients.

Essentially, Goldman Sachs is betting that Trump will reverse course on tariffs if a recession becomes more likely.

However, if Trump refuses to change course, the risk of a downturn will increase.

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data,” the Goldman Sachs economists cautioned, “recession risk would rise further.”

Another major question is how the Federal Reserve will respond to these economic uncertainties.

Dudley, the former New York Fed president, pointed out that Trump’s tariff policies complicate the Fed’s decision-making by simultaneously pushing prices higher while slowing economic growth.

This could leave the Fed in a difficult position, making it reluctant to either raise or lower interest rates.

“I wouldn’t be surprised if the Fed is locked on hold for many, many months,” Dudley said. He added that while some Wall Street analysts expect a rate cut in May, he believes that timeline is “way too soon.”

The U.S. economy has demonstrated significant resilience in recent years.

It has weathered COVID-19 variants, supply chain disruptions, a 40-year high in inflation, and the Federal Reserve’s aggressive efforts to combat inflation.

However, it now faces a fresh challenge—one largely driven by policy uncertainty in Washington.

Dalai Lama Declares Successor Will Be Born Outside China, Challenging Beijing’s Authority

The Dalai Lama, in his newly released book Voice for the Voiceless, has revealed that his successor will be born outside China, a statement that directly challenges Beijing’s claim over Tibet’s spiritual leadership. The book, launched on Tuesday, offers a historical perspective on his interactions with Chinese authorities and presents his vision for Tibet’s future beyond his lifetime.

“Since the purpose of a reincarnation is to carry on the work of the predecessor, the new Dalai Lama will be born in the free world so that the traditional mission of the Dalai Lama – that is, to be the voice for universal compassion, the spiritual leader of Tibetan Buddhism, and the symbol of Tibet embodying the aspirations of the Tibetan people – will continue,” the Dalai Lama wrote.

According to Reuters, this marks the first time the 89-year-old Tibetan spiritual leader has explicitly stated that the next Dalai Lama will emerge in the “free world” rather than in Chinese-controlled Tibet. In the past, he had suggested that he might not reincarnate at all or that he could return outside Tibet, possibly in India, where he has lived in exile since 1959.

China Rejects Dalai Lama’s Claims

Beijing, in response, has dismissed the Dalai Lama’s assertion, maintaining that it alone has the authority to determine his reincarnation.

As per AFP, Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson Mao Ning stated on Tuesday that the Dalai Lama “is a political exile who is engaged in anti-China separatist activities under the cloak of religion.”

She further emphasized that his reincarnation must align with Chinese regulations and traditions, asserting, “The reincarnations of living Buddhas, including the Dalai Lama, should abide by national laws and regulations… and be subject to the approval of the central government.”

China has consistently asserted that Tibet is an inalienable part of its territory, characterizing its takeover in 1950 as a “peaceful liberation.” Meanwhile, negotiations between Beijing and Tibetan representatives have been at a standstill since 2010.

In Voice for the Voiceless, the Dalai Lama reflects on his long-standing efforts to “save my homeland and people.” The book details his interactions with Chinese leaders, spanning from Chairman Mao Zedong to President Xi Jinping, and reiterates his appeal for dialogue.

“One thing is for sure: no totalitarian regime, whether headed by an individual or a party, can last forever, because they abuse the very people they claim to speak for,” he writes.

He relinquished his role as the political leader of Tibet’s government-in-exile in 2011, transferring authority to a democratically elected administration led by Penpa Tsering. Based in India, this administration does not push for complete independence but rather advocates for enhanced autonomy under the “Middle Way” approach.

However, Beijing has dismissed this India-based Tibetan administration as a “puppet government.” China has also demanded that the Dalai Lama acknowledge Tibet and Taiwan as inseparable parts of China before any discussions can take place—a condition that the Tibetan parliament-in-exile has refused, according to Reuters.

Dalai Lama’s Succession Plan and Tibet’s Future

Now at 89, the Dalai Lama acknowledges that his return to Tibet is “increasingly unlikely.” Nevertheless, he remains hopeful about the Tibetan cause, writing, “The right of the Tibetan people to be the custodians of their own homeland cannot be indefinitely denied, nor can their aspiration for freedom be crushed forever through oppression.”

The Tibetan leader also noted that Tibetans around the world have urged him to ensure the continuation of the Dalai Lama lineage. According to Tibetan Buddhist tradition, the soul of a senior monk is reincarnated in the body of a child after death, and the Dalai Lama himself was recognized as a reincarnation at the age of two.

Despite concerns about his health following knee surgery last year, he told Reuters in December that he could live to 110. Further details about his succession plans are expected to be released around his 90th birthday in July.

While Beijing insists that it will appoint the next Dalai Lama, his announcement that his reincarnation will be born outside China sets the stage for a long-standing battle over Tibet’s future, even after his passing.

Tulsi Gabbard Set to Visit India as Part of Indo-Pacific Tour

Tulsi Gabbard, who served as the Director of National Intelligence during Donald Trump’s administration, is preparing to visit India as part of a broader multi-nation tour across the Indo-Pacific.

Providing insights into her trip, Gabbard stated that her visit is intended to bolster ties and encourage transparent communication to further President Trump’s objectives of promoting peace and freedom.

“I am wheels up on a multi-nation trip to the Indo-Pacific, a region I know very well having grown up as a child of the Pacific. I’ll be going to Japan, Thailand, and India, with a brief stop in France enroute back to DC (sic),” Gabbard shared on Twitter.

This marks Gabbard’s first trip to India since she took office as the Director of National Intelligence. Additionally, she is the first female combat veteran to assume the role in Trump’s second administration.

Back in February, Prime Minister Narendra Modi had a meeting with Gabbard in Washington during his U.S. visit. Notably, she was the first U.S. official to meet Modi at Blair House.

Following the meeting, PM Modi tweeted about their discussion on different aspects of India-U.S. relations.

“Met USA’s Director of National Intelligence, Tulsi Gabbard in Washington DC. Congratulated her on her confirmation. Discussed various aspects of the India-USA friendship, of which she’s always been a strong votary,” PM Modi wrote on X.

Gabbard’s Indo-Pacific tour will commence in Honolulu, where she will meet Intelligence Community partners, senior officials of the U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, and U.S. troops undergoing training. However, she has not yet disclosed when she will be arriving in India.

A former representative of Hawaii’s 2nd Congressional District in the U.S. House of Representatives, Gabbard holds the distinction of being the first Hindu elected to the U.S. Congress.

Search Intensifies for Missing U.S. Student in Dominican Republic

A 20-year-old college student has disappeared while vacationing in the Dominican Republic, prompting an extensive search effort by authorities on land, air, and sea.

Sudiksha Konanki, a junior at the University of Pittsburgh, was last seen on surveillance footage entering the beach at the Riu República Hotel in Punta Cana at approximately 4:15 a.m. on Thursday, accompanied by seven other people, according to a statement from the Dominican Republic National Police. She was reported missing after failing to return.

Authorities from the Dominican Republic, the United States, and India are involved in the search, deploying search dogs, drones, and helicopters to locate her.

A Bright and Ambitious Student

Konanki’s family describes her as a highly driven student with aspirations of becoming a doctor.

“My daughter is a very nice girl,” her father, SubbarayuduKonanki, told CNN. “She’s ambitious. She wanted to pursue a career in medicine.”

She had traveled to Punta Cana for spring break before beginning her pre-med studies, her father explained. Originally from India, the Konanki family has lived in the U.S. since 2006 and currently resides as permanent residents in Loudoun County, Virginia.

Back in her hometown, community members are deeply concerned.

“It’s already four days, and everybody’s so worried,” said family friend Shekar Pendem, who has known Konanki since she was three, in an interview with CNN affiliate WUSA.

U.S. Representative Suhas Subramanyam, whose district includes Loudoun County, acknowledged the distressing nature of the situation, calling it “the worst nightmare.”

“I’ve got two daughters, and I just think about a scenario like this happening to them,” he said in an interview with WUSA. “It’s, you know, really heartbreaking.”

Konanki had arrived in the Dominican Republic on March 3 with five other female University of Pittsburgh students, according to the Loudoun County Sheriff’s Office.

Her father filed a missing person report at 5:43 p.m. on Thursday, after which the sheriff’s office immediately coordinated with the State Department and federal law enforcement to engage with the Dominican Republic National Police.

The FBI confirmed its involvement in assisting international authorities but referred all inquiries to Dominican authorities, who are leading the investigation.

Last Known Moments

Before her disappearance, Konanki was seen consuming alcohol and heading to the beach with friends, who later returned to their hotel without her.

Early Thursday morning, security footage showed Konanki drinking in the Riu República Hotel lobby with five women and two men, according to a law enforcement source. Around 4:15 a.m., the group entered the beach, police reported.

“Her friends came back after some time, and my daughter did not come back, did not show up from the beach,” her father told CNN.

At approximately 4:55 a.m., surveillance captured five women and one man leaving the beach—without Konanki—two sources familiar with the investigation told CNN.

Another surveillance clip reportedly shows the man leaving the beach at 8:55 a.m., the sources added. Initially, authorities believed the footage timestamps were an hour later than actual time, but hotel staff later clarified the timestamps were one hour ahead.

When Konankifailed to return to her hotel room, her friends searched for her. Around 4 p.m. Thursday, they alerted hotel staff about her disappearance, according to a statement from the Riu hotel chain.

Her sarong-style cover-up was found on a lounge chair at the beach. There were no apparent signs of violence, according to a Dominican law enforcement source.

Authorities are interviewing a man in his 20s, believed to be the last person to see her. However, he is not currently considered a suspect, the source said.

The man remains under police watch in a hotel room while the investigation continues, but he has not been officially detained, a separate source familiar with the case told CNN.

He informed investigators that both he and Konanki entered the ocean, but he started feeling sick, left the water, and fell asleep on a lounge chair, according to the source.

Another law enforcement source stated that while the man had been questioned multiple times, his statements did not contain major inconsistencies. An earlier report suggested discrepancies in his accounts, but translation issues might have contributed to these differences, the source explained.

An Extensive Search

Authorities are conducting an intense search effort, with officials from the U.S., the Dominican Republic, and India collaborating in the investigation.

On Monday, the Dominican Republic National Police announced on X that they were re-interviewing individuals who had been with Konanki, as well as hotel employees, and were conducting a “thorough analysis” of surveillance footage.

Efforts have been reinforced with additional personnel and technological resources, including specialized marine equipment.

The Dominican National Emergency System, which is overseeing the island-wide search, has mobilized four drone teams equipped with advanced technology.

Video footage from Tuesday shows military personnel searching by land and sea in Punta Cana, with boats and drones scouring the area.

Officials in the Dominican Republic said they are ramping up the “intensive operation,” with more than 300 agents, specialists, tactical teams, and aquatic search personnel deployed since early Tuesday in the coastal and surrounding areas of the hotel.

The government has allocated all necessary resources to locate Konanki, including forensic teams analyzing surveillance footage from the area.

Her father emphasized that authorities have employed multiple search methods.

“So far, the authorities, multiple authorities here in the Dominican Republic, have searched in the waters. They searched using helicopters and other tools. They also searched in the near bay, bushes, trees. They went multiple times around the same areas,” he told CNN.

Loudoun County Sheriff Michael Chapman affirmed that no effort would be spared in the search.

“We want to make sure that we don’t leave any stone unturned,” he said on Monday, adding that his office is coordinating closely with Dominican authorities, the U.S. Embassy, and the FBI.

The Embassy of India is also actively involved. “We are extending all assistance in coordination with government authorities of the Dominican Republic,” it stated on Facebook.

Hotel staff at the Riu República are assisting authorities in their efforts, the hotel chain confirmed.

Konanki’s parents, along with two family friends, have traveled to Punta Cana, according to the Associated Press.

Investigation Continues

The Dominican Republic National Police announced on Monday the formation of a “high-level commission” to work alongside the Attorney General’s Office, the FBI, and the International Liaison of the U.S. Embassy on the case.

Konanki’s father has urged authorities to consider all possible angles, including the possibility of abduction or human trafficking.

“We don’t think she would be able to survive for more than three days in the water, and I think something else might’ve happened to her,” he told CNN on Sunday.

Sheriff Chapman acknowledged that authorities cannot rule out foul play.

“We’re pursuing every possible lead,” he said. “We’re hoping and praying that we have a very positive outcome.”

He noted that while the extensive search has yet to find Konanki, this could potentially be a good sign.

“It’s an extensive amount of searching that they’ve done, and yet they still haven’t found her, so in a way, that may be a good sign,” he explained.

The Loudoun County Sheriff’s Office urged the public to refrain from speculation regarding Konanki’s disappearance.

“There has been considerable public speculation about what may have happened to Konanki and who may be involved,” the office stated in a Monday press release. “We caution anyone from drawing any unsubstantiated conclusions and are committed to ensuring that a thorough investigation is conducted before any conclusions are reached.”

ICJ Report Raises Concerns Over Judicial Independence in India

A recent report by the International Commission of Jurists (ICJ) has expressed serious concerns regarding the state of judicial independence in India, pointing to increasing executive interference, a lack of transparency in judicial appointments, and weak accountability mechanisms.

Titled Judicial Independence in India: Tipping the Scale, the report provides a comprehensive analysis of the constitutional basis, legal framework, and jurisprudence governing the judiciary’s independence. According to the report, in the past decade (2014–2024), India’s judiciary has faced “retrogressive developments in respect of judicial independence.” While the judiciary remains constitutionally independent, the report states that its autonomy is increasingly being compromised by “significant scope for external, including executive influence.”

The ICJ, a global non-profit organization comprising eminent judges and lawyers, is committed to promoting and safeguarding human rights through the rule of law. According to its website, the Geneva-based organization operates across five continents.

One of the report’s main findings highlights the lack of objective and transparent criteria for judicial appointments in India. The Collegium system, which consists of the Chief Justice of India and four senior Supreme Court judges, was intended to preserve judicial independence. However, the report criticizes it for lacking “a clear and transparent procedure of selection and of objective and predetermined criteria based on competence, merit, ability, experience, and integrity.” The report further states that the absence of such safeguards leaves room for appointments made through “improper means and motive.”

Despite being constitutionally insulated from political influence, the judiciary has been subjected to increasing executive interference in judicial appointments, according to the report. It states that the government “exercises an effective veto power on recommendations made by the Collegium, allowing the executive a determinative role in the composition of the higher judiciary.” This dynamic has resulted in a growing standoff between the government and the Supreme Court, with key judicial recommendations facing delays or outright rejection.

Another critical issue identified in the report is the transfer of judges between High Courts, which does not require the consent of the affected judge. Transfers are often justified under broad terms such as “public interest” or “better administration of justice.” However, the ICJ report criticizes this process for its lack of transparency. It states that “transfers proceed on vague and overbroad criteria…often making it impossible to distinguish between transfers being used as disguised sanction, transfers intended to be punitive or retaliatory, and transfers for the better administration of justice.”

The report also addresses the removal or impeachment process for judges, where the legislature plays a key role. According to the ICJ, this process does not conform to international legal standards, which recommend that “the power of removal should be vested with an independent body composed of a majority of judges and not with either the legislature or executive.”

In addition to impeachment, the only other form of judicial accountability in India is the ‘In-House Procedure.’ However, the report criticizes this system, stating that it “is not provided for in statutory law” and “is not based on any articulated rules or norms of judicial conduct that serve as a substantive basis to determine misconduct.” The lack of transparency in this mechanism, the ICJ argues, makes “real accountability near impossible.”

Another major concern outlined in the report is the post-retirement employment of judges. The report states that the absence of regulations governing post-retirement jobs has led to “a shadow of perception of bias on the concerned judge while at the same time allowing for indirect executive influence over the judge while in office.” This issue has long been debated in India, as several retired judges have been appointed to government positions soon after leaving office. This has raised concerns that some judicial decisions may be influenced by the possibility of post-retirement rewards.

The report also examines the listing and allocation of cases within the Supreme Court. While these processes are governed by formal rules, they largely remain at the discretion of the Chief Justice of India. The report highlights that “instances of irregular listing and allocation, presumably at the discretion of the Chief Justice, have given rise to seemingly arbitrary exercise of power… at times in a manner that suits the government.”

In response to these concerns, the ICJ has put forth several recommendations. One of the key proposals is the establishment of a Judicial Council to oversee judicial appointments, ensuring that selections are made based on objective and predetermined criteria while also promoting transparency and diversity. The report further recommends the implementation of a binding code of judicial conduct to enhance accountability, along with the creation of a statutory mechanism for addressing misconduct that operates independently of both the executive and legislature.

The ICJ also calls for clear regulations on post-retirement employment, including the introduction of a mandatory cooling-off period to prevent conflicts of interest. Additionally, it suggests reforms in the judicial transfer process to enhance transparency and prevent its misuse as a disciplinary tool.

Another recommendation involves improving transparency in case allocation, ensuring that listing decisions are made in a fair and impartial manner. The report emphasizes the need for reforms to protect the judiciary’s independence and maintain public confidence in India’s legal system.

The findings of the ICJ report highlight significant challenges to the independence of India’s judiciary. The growing executive influence over judicial appointments, lack of transparent accountability mechanisms, and concerns surrounding post-retirement employment underscore the urgent need for reforms. The proposed recommendations aim to strengthen judicial independence and ensure that India’s judiciary remains free from undue external influence.

Passengers Recount Harrowing Ordeal as Militants Seize Train in Pakistan

Passengers freed from the Jaffar Express after it was seized by armed militants in Pakistan’s Balochistan province have described the horrifying ordeal as “doomsday scenes.”

“We held our breath throughout the firing, not knowing what would happen next,” said Ishaq Noor, one of the passengers, in an interview with the BBC.

Noor was among more than 400 passengers on board the train traveling from Quetta to Peshawar on Tuesday when militants from the Balochistan Liberation Army (BLA) launched an attack, taking a number of people hostage. Several individuals, including the train’s driver, were reportedly injured in the assault.

According to military sources, 155 passengers have been rescued and 27 militants killed. However, these figures have not been independently verified, and rescue efforts remain ongoing.

Security forces have mobilized hundreds of troops to free the remaining captives, while authorities have also deployed helicopters and special forces personnel.

The BLA has issued a warning of “severe consequences” should an attempt be made to rescue the hostages.

Officials have revealed that at least 100 of the passengers on the train were members of the security forces. The exact number of individuals still being held hostage remains unclear. More than a dozen of those who have been released required hospital treatment.

Citing security officials, reports suggest that some militants may have left the train, taking an undetermined number of passengers with them into the surrounding mountainous terrain.

On Wednesday, the BBC witnessed dozens of wooden coffins being loaded at Quetta railway station. A railway official explained that these empty coffins were being transported in case they were needed to collect casualties.

Muhammad Ashraf, a passenger traveling from Quetta to Lahore to visit family, managed to escape from the train with a group late Tuesday.

“There was a lot of fear among the passengers. It was a scene of doomsday,” Ashraf recalled.

The group endured a nearly four-hour walk to the nearest railway station, with several men carrying weaker passengers on their shoulders.

“We reached the station with great difficulty because we were tired, and there were children and women with us,” he explained.

Noor, who was on the train with his wife and two children, described the intensity of the initial explosion.

“It was so intense that one of my children fell from the seat,” he said.

Amidst the gunfire, he and his wife each tried to shield one of their children.

“If a bullet comes our way, it will hit us and not the children,” Noor said.

Mushtaq Muhammad, another passenger in the train’s third carriage, described the terror among those on board.

“The attackers were talking to each other in Balochi, and their leader repeatedly told them to ‘keep an eye’ particularly on the security personnel to make sure that [the attackers] do not lose them,” he recounted.

As the night progressed, the militants began releasing some passengers, including Balochistan residents, women, children, and elderly individuals. Noor, who was among those freed, explained that he was released after telling the attackers he was from Turbat city in Balochistan and showing them that he had children and women with him.

Meanwhile, the family of train driver Amjad Yasin anxiously awaits updates after hearing of his injuries.

Yasin has worked as a train driver for 24 years and had previously survived an attack when explosives targeted another train he was driving eight years ago.

“For the past couple of weeks, we were under severe stress that something is about to happen as there was an air of fear,” his brother Amir told the BBC from Quetta.

The BLA has been waging an insurgency for decades, seeking independence for Balochistan. The group has carried out numerous deadly attacks, often targeting police stations, railway lines, and highways.

‘Gravely Concerned’

Pakistan’s counter-insurgency operations in Balochistan have been widely criticized, with allegations of enforced disappearances dating back to the early 2000s. Human rights organizations have accused security forces of carrying out torture and extra-judicial killings—claims the authorities have denied.

Both Pakistani authorities and Western countries, including the UK and the US, have designated the BLA as a terrorist organization.

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan has expressed deep concern over the train hijacking.

“We strongly urge all relevant stakeholders to forge an urgent rights-based, pro-people consensus on the issues faced by citizens in Balochistan and to find a peaceful, political solution,” the commission stated on X.

Meanwhile, United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres has strongly condemned the attack and has called for the immediate release of the remaining passengers.

Indian Student on OPT Stranded After F-1 Visa Canceled at Abu Dhabi Pre-Clearance

An Indian student on Optional Practical Training (OPT) faced an unexpected nightmare while returning to the United States. His journey took a drastic turn when his F-1 visa was revoked at the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) pre-clearance in Abu Dhabi, leaving him stranded in India and separated from his wife.

Sharing his ordeal on social media, the student revealed that CBP officers informed him that he lacked sufficient proof of employment, which led to the visa cancellation. However, his wife, who was traveling with him, was allowed to proceed to the U.S., forcing him to visit the American embassy for a new visa interview.

Detailing the incident, he wrote, “They analyzed I have insufficient proof of my work that I was doing, though I had all the supporting documents like EAD, job offer letter, vacation approval letter, valid I-20. They withdrew my visa and put cancelled on visa stamp. I still have active I-20 and SEVIS.”

Many pointed out that the long visa appointment wait times in India could jeopardize his OPT status. Moreover, the fact that his visa was marked as “canceled” rather than “canceled without prejudice” could impact his chances of securing future U.S. visas.

The Indian student also mentioned that his company is currently filing for an H-1B visa for him. However, this rejection has left him uncertain about his future. If his F-1 visa is denied, the wait for H-1B processing could stretch for months, further complicating his situation.

This incident serves as a stark reminder that even those with valid visas cannot take their travel for granted. A minor issue or an unexpected stopover can upend years of effort within minutes.

US Secretary of State Sees Promise in Ukraine’s Partial Ceasefire Proposal Ahead of Saudi Talks

The United States’ top diplomat has expressed optimism about Ukraine’s proposal for a partial ceasefire with Russia, viewing it as a potential step toward ending the ongoing war. This statement comes just before scheduled discussions in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday between US and Ukrainian officials.

“I’m not saying that alone is enough, but it’s the kind of concession you would need to see in order to end the conflict,” said US Secretary of State Marco Rubio on Monday.

During the upcoming negotiations in Jeddah, Kyiv is expected to put forward a proposal for an aerial and naval ceasefire with Russia. However, Moscow has previously dismissed such ideas, arguing that any temporary truce would merely serve as a stalling tactic to prevent Ukraine’s military from collapsing.

In a separate event, at least three individuals lost their lives in what was described as a “massive” overnight drone assault on Moscow and its surrounding areas, according to Governor Andrei Vorobyev. The attack damaged seven apartments in a residential complex.

Moscow Mayor Sergei Sobyanin reported that 74 drones aimed at the city were intercepted and shot down. He further stated that debris from a downed drone damaged the roof of one building.

The drone strike led to temporary disruptions in one of Moscow’s district train networks and imposed flight restrictions at the city’s airports.

Meanwhile, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky arrived in Saudi Arabia on Monday to meet Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman. However, he is not expected to take a formal role in the negotiations between US and Ukrainian representatives.

In a video message late on Monday, Zelensky expressed his hopes for “a practical result” from the discussions, stating that Ukraine’s stance would be “absolutely constructive.”

The Ukrainian delegation at the talks will include Andriy Yermak, Zelensky’s chief of staff, along with the country’s national security adviser and several foreign and defense ministers.

On the US side, Rubio will lead the delegation alongside National Security Adviser Mike Waltz and US Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff.

Speaking before his arrival in Jeddah, Rubio emphasized the importance of clarifying Ukraine’s stance on a potential peace agreement. He noted that both sides must prepare for tough compromises if the conflict is to be resolved.

“I’m not going to set any conditions on what they have to or need to do,” he said. “We want to listen to see how far they’re willing to go, and compare that to what the Russians want, and then see how far apart we truly are.”

Rubio stressed that both Ukraine and Russia must acknowledge that “there’s no military solution” to the war and that diplomacy is the only viable path forward.

Meanwhile, reports from Bloomberg and Axios suggest that Witkoff is scheduled to meet Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow later this week, though the Kremlin has not officially commented on the matter.

The discussions in Jeddah coincide with increased pressure from US President Donald Trump on Zelensky to agree to a ceasefire with Russia. Notably, this push comes without any firm commitments from the US regarding security guarantees for Ukraine.

This meeting marks the first official encounter between US and Ukrainian officials since Zelensky’s contentious visit to the White House last month. That meeting reportedly ended in frustration, leading the US to suspend military aid and intelligence sharing with Ukraine—a move seen as an attempt to push Kyiv toward negotiations.

Rubio suggested that the suspension of aid could be reversed depending on the outcomes of Tuesday’s discussions.

“The pause came about because we felt that they [Ukraine] were not committed to any sort of peace process,” he explained. “If that changes, obviously our posture can change.”

He added, “The president is going to use whatever tools he has at his disposal to try to get both sides to that table so this war will end.”

Earlier on Monday, Trump’s special envoy, Steve Witkoff, expressed optimism about the upcoming negotiations, saying he expected “substantial progress.”

When asked if he believed Zelensky would return to the US later in the week to sign a minerals agreement, Witkoff told Fox News, “I am really hopeful. All the signs are very, very positive.”

Zelensky has previously signaled willingness to sign a minerals deal with the US, which would create a joint fund derived from the sale of Ukrainian minerals.

According to Witkoff, the Saudi Arabia talks will cover multiple topics, including security protocols for Ukraine and territorial issues.

He emphasized that, despite the suspension of military aid, the US had not cut off intelligence sharing for any defensive needs that Ukraine might have. Trump also told Fox News on Sunday that he had “just about” lifted the intelligence-sharing freeze on Ukraine.

UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer also spoke with Trump ahead of the Jeddah talks. According to a statement from Downing Street, Starmer conveyed that “he hoped there would be a positive outcome to the talks that would enable US aid and intelligence-sharing to be restarted.”

Russia launched its full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and currently controls roughly one-fifth of Ukraine’s territory, including Crimea, which it annexed in 2014.

Markets Plunge Amid Tariff Concerns as Spending and Ukraine Talks Take Center Stage

President Donald Trump remained off-camera today, an unusual move for him, as the U.S. stock market experienced a sharp decline. This drop followed Trump’s reluctance to rule out the possibility of a recession. When questioned about the market downturn, the White House attributed the president’s economic policies to increased investment and emphasized his first-term economic track record. However, the primary factor behind the market selloff was growing uncertainty over the impact of Trump’s tariffs.

As a deadline looms, a potential government shutdown is becoming a pressing concern. The president has urged Republican lawmakers to maintain unity and support a temporary funding measure before Friday’s cutoff to prevent a shutdown. Meanwhile, House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries has advised his party members to oppose the proposal. This opposition puts Republican Speaker Mike Johnson in a precarious position, as his slim majority in the House leaves little margin for error.

On the international stage, discussions about the Ukraine war are gaining momentum. U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated that the U.S. wants to understand what compromises Ukraine might be willing to consider in negotiations with Russia. His remarks came just ahead of a crucial meeting between U.S. and Ukrainian officials in Saudi Arabia, where these potential concessions will be discussed.

Judge Rules DOGE Likely Subject to FOIA Requests

A federal judge determined Monday that the U.S. Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) is likely subject to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), a law designed to promote transparency by allowing the public to access government records.

The decision, issued by U.S. District Court Judge Casey Cooper, represents a significant victory for watchdog organizations and others seeking insight into DOGE’s operations. The department, which has been instrumental in President Trump’s efforts to revamp federal bureaucracy, is spearheaded by Elon Musk.

Despite the ruling, the immediate release of DOGE records remains uncertain. The government has the option to appeal Cooper’s decision, which could delay the disclosure of documents requested by the Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), the group that filed the lawsuit.

In the meantime, Cooper has issued a preservation order requiring the administration to safeguard the records CREW has requested. Should DOGE fail to take proper measures to retain its documents, it could face legal consequences, including contempt charges.

The judge found that the Trump administration failed to counter the argument that DOGE possesses “substantial independent authority,” thereby making it subject to FOIA regulations. He pointed out that Trump’s executive orders related to DOGE appeared to “endow USDS with substantial authority independent of the President.” Additionally, public statements from both Trump and Musk suggested that DOGE was actively exercising significant decision-making power.

Rejecting claims that DOGE merely serves in an advisory capacity, Cooper noted Musk’s frequent social media posts boasting about the agency’s sweeping changes. “These statements and reports suggest that the President and USDS leadership view the department as wielding decision-making authority to make cuts across the federal government,” Cooper stated.

GOP Faces Internal Divide Over Stopgap Spending Bill

Two conservative Republican lawmakers informed CNN on Monday that they currently oppose a House GOP proposal to fund the government through September. Their opposition signals a potential hurdle for Speaker Mike Johnson and President Trump, who must rally enough support within their own party to pass the bill and avert a shutdown.

With House Democrats expected to vote against the legislation, Johnson can only afford one Republican defection. However, GOP Representative Thomas Massie has already stated his opposition, making the margin for error even smaller. If Congress fails to approve funding legislation by the end of the week, the government will shut down after 11:59 p.m. ET on Friday.

Republican Representatives Tim Burchett and Rich McCormick expressed reservations about the bill, although they have not yet spoken with Trump directly. “Currently, but I’d like to talk some more,” Burchett remarked when asked about his stance. He emphasized his concern about military spending and called for greater oversight.

The Tennessee lawmaker acknowledged that he appreciates aspects of Johnson’s proposal, which includes $13 billion in domestic spending cuts and an additional $6 billion allocated for defense. However, he took issue with “the fact that they push it over to the war pimps at the Pentagon, once again.”

McCormick, representing Georgia, was more direct in his opposition. When asked if he would support the bill, he replied, “Nope.” He argued that extending current funding levels until the fiscal year’s end while postponing decisions on federal cuts gives excessive power to the executive branch, circumventing the constitutional appropriations process.

When pressed on whether he was firmly against the bill, McCormick remained noncommittal. “No, I refuse to paint myself into the corner,” he said.

Kennedy Moves to Close FDA Loophole on Food Safety

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who serves as the U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services, announced Monday that he has instructed the acting commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to take steps toward eliminating a controversial regulation known as Generally Recognized As Safe (GRAS).

This rule, part of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, allows certain food additives to bypass premarket approval requirements if experts have determined them to be safe for consumption. The FDA states that substances intentionally used as food additives must receive approval “unless the substance is generally recognized, among qualified experts, as having been adequately shown to be safe under the conditions of its intended use.”

Initially, the GRAS designation was intended for common ingredients such as sugar, vinegar, and baking soda. However, in the late 1990s, the FDA found itself overwhelmed by an increasing number of requests for additive approvals. To manage this, the agency implemented a voluntary GRAS notification program to ensure that these ingredients remained safe for their intended use.

The voluntary nature of this system, however, has led to concerns about regulatory oversight. The FDA itself has acknowledged that this guidance “does not establish legally enforceable responsibilities.” Critics argue that manufacturers can exploit this loophole by introducing new additives into food products without formally notifying regulators.

A 2022 study by the Environmental Working Group revealed that since 2000, nearly 99% of newly approved food-contact chemicals were cleared by the food and chemical industries rather than the FDA. Over this 22-year period, food manufacturers requested FDA approval for a new chemical only 10 times, according to the analysis.

“By 1997, FDA had tentatively concluded that it could no longer devote substantial resources to the GRAS affirmation petition process,” the agency states on its website. This led to the establishment of the voluntary notification program, which has since been criticized for lacking sufficient regulatory enforcement.

Kennedy’s move to eliminate GRAS could mark a significant shift in food safety policy, closing a loophole that has allowed manufacturers to introduce additives with minimal oversight.

Indian OPT Workers in the US Face Uncertainty as Visa Options Dwindle

Indian students on Optional Practical Training (OPT) in the U.S. are caught in a difficult situation as visa sponsorships become harder to secure. With H-1B visa chances declining and companies increasingly reluctant to sponsor foreign workers, many are left scrambling for alternatives. The uncertainty has led some to consider leaving the U.S. before their OPT expires, but the possibility of returning without complications remains unclear.

In an effort to legally extend their stay, some students have applied for a second degree to obtain another F-1 visa after their OPT ends. However, this path is risky, as a rejected F-1 visa application could result in being denied re-entry into the U.S. Further complicating matters, American immigration rules impose restrictions on students beginning a new academic program. Even if their previous F-1 visa remains valid, they are often not allowed to re-enter the U.S. more than 30 days before the start of their new classes.

The situation becomes even more precarious for those who overstay their visa. Remaining in the U.S. beyond the authorized period can jeopardize future F-1 and H-1B approvals. Meanwhile, hope for securing an H-1B visa is fading, as many OPT workers report that their employers are refusing to sponsor applications this year. Some are exploring self-petition options, but many find themselves forced to pursue another degree simply to maintain their legal status.

For thousands of Indian students in the U.S., this has turned into a distressing ordeal. The intricate visa system, combined with rigid immigration policies, is making it increasingly difficult for them to stay in the country. As their options diminish, they are left navigating a system that offers few clear solutions and significant risks.

Air India Flight to New York Returns to Mumbai After Security Threat, Later Found to Be a Hoax

An Air India flight traveling from Mumbai to New York was forced to return nearly eight hours after takeoff due to a security threat. The Boeing 777 aircraft, carrying 303 passengers and 19 crew members, was flying over Azerbaijan when the crew received the alert. As a precautionary measure, the flight changed course and returned to Mumbai, where bomb-detection procedures were conducted. The threat was later determined to be a hoax.

The flight had departed from Mumbai at approximately 2 a.m. and landed back at 10:25 a.m. Flight AI-119, operating from Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj International Airport in Mumbai to John F. Kennedy Airport in New York, typically takes around 15 hours to complete the journey. Air India announced that the rescheduled flight would now depart at 5 a.m. the following day.

In an official statement, Air India explained that the decision to return was made in response to a possible security concern. The airline assured passengers that they were provided with accommodation, meals, and other necessary support.

“A potential security threat was detected mid-flight on AI119 operating Mumbai-New York (JFK) today, 10 March 2025. After following the necessary protocols, the flight air-returned to Mumbai, in the interest of the safety and security of all on board. The flight landed safely back in Mumbai at 1025 Hrs (local time),” Air India stated.

The airline further elaborated that the aircraft was undergoing mandatory security checks. “The aircraft is undergoing mandatory checks by security agencies, and Air India is extending its full cooperation to the authorities. The flight has been rescheduled to operate at 0500 Hrs of 11 March 2025, and all passengers have been offered hotel accommodation, meals, and other assistance until then. Our colleagues on the ground are making sure to minimise the inconvenience caused to our passengers by this disruption. As always, Air India accords the highest priority to the safety of passengers and crew,” an Air India spokesperson said.

India’s Wealthy Population Sees Steady Growth, Billionaire Count Surges

India’s high-net-worth individual (HNWI) population, defined as those possessing assets exceeding $10 million, experienced a six percent rise in 2024, reaching a total of 85,698, according to global property consultant Knight Frank. The recently published ‘Wealth Report 2025,’ unveiled on Wednesday, sheds light on the country’s expanding wealth sector, projecting the HNWI population to grow further to 93,753 by 2028.

India’s continuous economic expansion has played a pivotal role in the increasing number of wealthy individuals. The steady rise in the affluent population can be attributed to robust economic performance, growing investment prospects, and a rapidly developing luxury market. The report underscores India’s emergence as a key player in global wealth generation, further solidifying its economic stability.

The billionaire population in India has also witnessed a significant surge, rising to 191 in 2024 from 165 in the preceding year. A remarkable 26 individuals joined the billionaire ranks in 2024, a sharp contrast to just seven new billionaires in 2019, highlighting the rapid pace of wealth accumulation in the country.

India has now positioned itself as the third-largest global hub for billionaire wealth, with the collective net worth of Indian billionaires estimated at $950 billion. The United States remains at the top of the list with a total billionaire wealth of $5.7 trillion, followed by Mainland China, which holds a combined billionaire wealth of $1.34 trillion.

Shishir Baijal, Chairman & Managing Director of Knight Frank India, emphasized the factors fueling this surge in wealth. “India’s wealth surge is driven by entrepreneurial growth, global market integration, and emerging industries,” he stated. He also pointed out that the expansion in wealth is not just limited to an increase in numbers but is also reflected in changing investment patterns. India’s affluent class is increasingly spreading their investments across real estate, global equities, and alternative asset classes, diversifying their portfolios beyond traditional avenues.

As India continues to assert itself on the global economic stage, its role in wealth creation is set to expand even further. Baijal predicts that over the next decade, India will play an even more significant role in shaping the international financial landscape, further strengthening its position in the world economy.

India Triumphs Over New Zealand to Claim Champions Trophy Victory

Champions Trophy Final – Dubai

New Zealand: 251-7 (50 overs)

•Daryl Mitchell 63 (101), Michael Bracewell 53 (40)

•Kuldeep Yadav 2-40, Varun Chakravarthy 2-45

India: 254-6 (49 overs)

•Rohit Sharma 76 (83)

•Michael Bracewell 2-28, Mitchell Santner 2-46

India won by four wickets

India secured the Champions Trophy title with a hard-fought four-wicket victory over New Zealand in Dubai, reaffirming their dominance in white-ball cricket.

Chasing a target of 252, India started strong but faced a tense middle-order collapse, losing three wickets for just 17 runs. Captain Rohit Sharma led the charge with a solid 76 before his dismissal triggered a brief slump, with Virat Kohli departing for just one.

Shreyas Iyer contributed a crucial 48, while Axar Patel’s aggressive 29 brought India closer to victory. However, New Zealand fought back, leaving India needing 49 runs from the last 51 balls. Hardik Pandya’s 18 kept the momentum alive before KL Rahul’s unbeaten 34 and Ravindra Jadeja’s composed finishing touch sealed the win with an over to spare.

India’s bowlers played a vital role in restricting New Zealand to 251-7, with spinners Kuldeep Yadav and Varun Chakravarthy keeping the run rate in check. Despite a resilient effort from Mitchell and Bracewell, the Kiwis struggled to accelerate in the final overs.

With this victory, India solidifies its position as the premier white-ball team in world cricket. Following their heartbreak in the 2023 ODI World Cup final, they have since claimed both the T20 World Cup and now their third Champions Trophy title—their first since 2013.

The Dubai stadium echoed with loud cheers from Indian supporters as fireworks lit up the night sky, celebrating their team’s triumph. However, the final’s location remained a talking point, as it was originally scheduled to take place in Lahore, Pakistan—a venue change that occurred due to India’s refusal to travel.

India’s latest triumph cements their status as a cricketing powerhouse, adding another prestigious trophy to their ever-growing cabinet.

Trump Claims India Agrees to Cut Tariffs “Way Down” Amid Trade Talks

US President Donald Trump asserted on Friday, February 7, that India had agreed to significantly lower its tariffs, attributing the decision to increased scrutiny of the country’s trade practices. “Somebody is finally exposing them for what they’ve done,” Trump remarked.

His comments came shortly after New Delhi, in response to Trump’s earlier threat of reciprocal tariffs, stated that negotiations for a trade deal remained ongoing. The discussions were initially announced during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to Washington.

Speaking to the media from the Oval Office, Trump criticized India’s trade barriers, calling them excessive. “India charges massive tariffs on American goods. You can’t even sell anything into India, it’s almost restrictive—it is restrictive. You know, we do very little business inside,” he said.

Trump continued: “They’ve agreed—by the way, they want to cut their tariffs way down now because somebody’s finally exposing them for what they’ve done.”

This was one of many instances where Trump had expressed frustration over Indian tariffs since taking office. Earlier in the week, he had threatened to impose reciprocal tariffs, including non-monetary measures, starting April 2.

When asked to comment on Trump’s Tuesday remarks, Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, reiterated that both countries were focused on finalizing a trade deal that would be beneficial for both sides.

“I would like to repeat what we had mentioned there. Our objective through the BTA [bilateral trade agreement] is to strengthen and deepen India-US two-way trade across goods and services, increase market access, reduce tariff and non-tariff barriers, and deepen supply chain integration between the two countries,” Jaiswal stated.

He added, “So, that is how we look at the issue of tariffs as far as India-US is concerned.”

When asked whether Washington had assured India against reciprocal tariffs or if Trump’s comments were viewed as an “act of bad faith” amid ongoing talks, Jaiswal gave a similar response, emphasizing the ongoing negotiations.

He also noted that Union Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal was in the US from Tuesday to Thursday, where he engaged in discussions with his American counterparts on trade, tariffs, and other issues.

Meanwhile, Howard Lutnick, who serves as the US Commerce Secretary, spoke at the India Today Conclave via videoconference on Friday, arguing that India should lower tariffs on American goods.

“It’s time to do something big, something grand, something that connects India and the United States together but does it on a broad scale, not product by product, but rather the whole thing. Let’s bring India’s tariff policy towards America down, and America will invite India in to have really an extraordinary opportunity and relationship with us,” Lutnick said.

In response, India Today journalist Rahul Kanwal pointed out that reducing tariffs on agricultural imports could be politically damaging for the Modi government. Lutnick, however, maintained that India’s agricultural market needed to open up.

“It has to open up, it can’t just stay closed,” he stated. “Now, how you do that and the scale by which you do that—maybe you do quotas, maybe you do limits, you can be smarter when you have your most important trading partner on the other side of the table.”

He further argued, “You can’t just say, as you said, ‘Oh, it’s off the table’; that’s just not an attractive way of doing business.”

India has long maintained high tariffs to protect its agricultural sector, which supports millions of small farmers.

Lutnick described India’s tariffs as “some of the highest in the world” and suggested that reassessing the trade relationship with the US would be necessary to strengthen the “special relationship” between the two nations.

He also emphasized the need for India to reduce its dependence on Russia for military supplies.

During Modi’s visit to Washington last month, both countries agreed to finalize a trade deal addressing mutual concerns, with the first phase set to be negotiated before the fall of this year.

Trump also announced that India would significantly increase its purchases of American weapons this year, amounting to “billions of dollars.”

“We’re also paving the way to ultimately provide India with the F-35 stealth fighters,” Trump stated. However, New Delhi later downplayed the significance of this claim.

Reflecting on his discussions with Modi, Trump described their exchange regarding tariffs: “And I said, ‘You know what we do?’ I told Prime Minister Modi yesterday—he was here. I said, ‘Here’s what you do. We’re going to do—be very fair with you.’ They charge the highest tariffs in the world, just about.”

He continued, “I said, ‘Here’s what we’re going to do: reciprocal. Whatever you charge, I’m charging.’ He [Modi] goes, ‘No, no, I don’t like that.’ ‘No, no, whatever you charge, I’m going to charge.’ I’m doing that with every country.”

As negotiations continue, the US remains firm on its demand for India to reduce tariffs, while India seeks to maintain trade protections, especially in sensitive sectors like agriculture.

China Calls for Stronger Ties with India Amid US Trade Tensions

As tensions escalate between China and the United States due to US President Donald Trump’s broad tariffs on Chinese goods, Beijing is now advocating for stronger cooperation with India to “oppose hegemonism and power politics” while upholding global norms.

During a press conference on the sidelines of China’s annual parliamentary session in Beijing, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi emphasized the need for India and China to work together. “China and India should be partners that contribute to each other’s success. A cooperative pas de deux (dance involving two people) of the dragon and the elephant is the only right choice for both sides,” he stated.

“To support each other rather than undercut each other, work with each other rather than guard against each other — this is the path that truly serves the fundamental interests of both China and India and their peoples. When China and India join hands, the prospects for greater democracy in international relations and a stronger Global South will improve greatly,” he added.

Wang stressed that the only way forward for both nations is a cooperative partnership, which aligns with their fundamental interests and helps protect global norms. “China stands ready to work with India to sum up past experience and forge a fast forward and advance China-India relations on the track of sound and stable development,” he affirmed.

Wang Highlights ‘Positive Strides’ in India-China Relations

Wang also noted that India-China relations have made “positive strides” and achieved significant progress following a successful meeting between Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Chinese President Xi Jinping last year. The discussions aimed at resolving the four-year-long military standoff in eastern Ladakh.

According to Wang, the leaders of both nations provided strategic direction to enhance bilateral ties during their meeting in Kazan in October 2023. He pointed out that both sides acted upon their leaders’ shared vision by “strengthening exchanges and practical cooperation at all levels.”

Following extensive negotiations, India and China completed the disengagement process by finalizing a withdrawal agreement for troops stationed at Depsang and Demchok, the last two contentious areas in eastern Ladakh. Two days after this agreement was reached, Prime Minister Modi and President Xi held discussions in Kazan on October 23. During this meeting, both leaders agreed to revive multiple dialogue mechanisms to strengthen diplomatic and strategic communication.

Boundary Issues Should Not Define India-China Ties

Additionally, Wang emphasized that as each other’s largest neighbors, India and China share a common goal of advancing their development and revitalization. He insisted that their bilateral relationship should not be overshadowed by border disputes.

“As two ancient civilizations, we have enough wisdom and capability to maintain peace and tranquility in the border areas pending a fair and reasonable solution. We should never allow bilateral relations to be defined by the boundary question, or let specific differences affect the overall picture of our bilateral ties,” he remarked.

This year marks the 75th anniversary of diplomatic relations between India and China. Earlier, Beijing had conveyed its willingness to collaborate with New Delhi to commemorate this milestone and inject fresh momentum into bilateral ties.

Last month, Wang met Indian External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar at the G20 Foreign Ministers’ Meeting in Johannesburg, South Africa. During their discussion, he underscored that restoring mutual trust and achieving win-win cooperation align with the aspirations of both nations.

Jaishankar, in turn, acknowledged the progress made in improving bilateral relations and expressed India’s willingness to strengthen ties. “India values the hard-won progress in improving bilateral relations and is willing to work with China to accelerate the restoration of cooperative mechanisms, enhance cultural exchanges, facilitate people-to-people ties, and jointly maintain peace and stability in the border regions,” he stated.

Jaishankar’s remarks followed Trump’s offer to mediate the longstanding border issue between India and China during Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the White House earlier that month. However, India reiterated that such matters should be “resolved bilaterally.”

Mark Carney Takes Charge Amid Canada-U.S. Trade War, Vows Retaliation Against Trump’s Tariffs

Mark Carney has secured a landslide victory to become Canada’s next prime minister, replacing Justin Trudeau. In his first major statement, he has committed to winning the ongoing trade war with U.S. President Donald Trump, vowing to impose retaliatory tariffs on American goods until, in his words, “Americans show us respect.”

Meanwhile, Ontario Premier Doug Ford has announced plans to impose retaliatory electricity tariffs on the U.S. He is set to discuss these measures in a live address, emphasizing that Canada will take firm action in response to U.S. economic pressures.

Canada to Launch Advertising Campaign in U.S.

Ford addressed questions regarding a marketing and advertising campaign in the U.S., stating, “We need to inform the American people.” He emphasized the importance of delivering a strong message to Americans, calling them Canada’s “greatest allies in the fight against these tariffs.”

Tariff Impact Will ‘Reverberate’ Across U.S., Says Energy Minister

Stephen Lecce, Minister of Energy and Electrification, highlighted Canada’s role as a major power exporter to the U.S., stating, “They need our power.” He explained that the objective is to “maximize pressure on America and minimize the impacts on Ontario.” Lecce warned that the repercussions of these tariffs will “reverberate” across the U.S., affecting states that rely on and profit from reselling Canadian power.

Ford: Tariffs Could Add $100 to U.S. Utility Bills

Ford outlined the potential consequences of Ontario’s countermeasures, estimating that 1.5 million homes and businesses in Minnesota, Michigan, and New York would be affected. According to Ford, these states could face a surcharge of up to $400,000 per day, potentially increasing bills for American consumers by approximately $100.

While acknowledging the difficulties this would create, Ford stated he “will not hesitate” to raise the charge further or even halt electricity exports entirely. However, he also expressed regret for the impact on American citizens, stating, “I feel terrible for the American people who did not start this trade war.”

‘We Will Apply Maximum Pressure,’ Says Ford

Ford described the situation as an escalating conflict, noting that President Trump is now targeting steel and aluminum with additional tariffs. He asserted that these trade policies are detrimental to families on both sides of the border and affirmed Ontario’s determination to resist. “We will apply maximum pressure to maximize leverage,” he stated, confirming that Ontario will proceed with a 25% surcharge on electricity exports.

Ford Congratulates Carney, Praises His Leadership

Doug Ford, in his public remarks, congratulated Mark Carney on his victory, expressing optimism about the country’s new leadership. He emphasized the need for decisive action, stating, “It’s never been more important to build big things.” Ford also took a moment to thank Justin Trudeau for his service to the country.

‘Every Tool in the Toolbox’ Will Be Used in Response to U.S. Tariffs

Stephen Lecce, addressing the media, stated that Ontario has been a critical energy supplier to the U.S. for years, helping to “keep the lights on” in American homes, factories, and farms. However, he made it clear that Canada would not stand by idly. “When under attack, we will use every tool in the toolbox,” he declared.

Ontario’s Retaliatory Tariffs to Be Unveiled Soon

Ford is scheduled to present a detailed plan for retaliatory tariffs against the U.S., reinforcing his stance from last week, when he warned that Canada could cut off electricity supplies if President Trump’s tariff policies persisted. Around 1.5 million Americans in Michigan, New York, and Minnesota rely on electricity imported from Canada.

Ford’s statements align with his recent post on X, in which he congratulated Carney and declared, “Together, let’s unleash the Canadian economy and make our country more secure by building big, bold projects—starting with the Ring of Fire.”

U.S. Stock Markets React to Trump’s Tariff Strategy

As U.S. markets opened for trading, investor concerns over Trump’s economic policies intensified. Fears of increased costs, business uncertainty, and economic disruption have contributed to a market downturn.

The S&P 500 dropped by approximately 1.7%, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average declined by 0.7%. The tech-heavy Nasdaq took the biggest hit, falling by 2.8%. The market turbulence comes as optimism about artificial intelligence-driven growth fades and fears of a recession rise, particularly after Trump declined to rule out an economic downturn.

The Meaning Behind Canada’s ‘Elbows Up’ Slogan

In his farewell address, Justin Trudeau drew loud applause when he declared, “Elbows up!” The phrase has gained traction as a rallying cry against Trump’s tariff threats and his recent suggestion that Canada could become the 51st U.S. state.

Canadian actor Mike Myers recently echoed the phrase on Saturday Night Live, mouthing the words while pointing to his elbow. The slogan originates from ice hockey, symbolizing readiness to fight back—a sentiment many Canadians now embrace in response to Trump’s trade policies.

Ford Calls Carney’s Leadership Critical Amid Tariff Conflict

Shortly after Carney’s landslide victory in the Liberal leadership race, Doug Ford extended his congratulations, describing the moment as pivotal. “Your election comes at a critical time as our country continues to stare down the ongoing threat of President Trump’s tariffs,” Ford stated.

The Ontario Premier is expected to further elaborate on his plan to impose a 25% surcharge on electricity exports to Michigan, New York, and Minnesota. He has also indicated that, if necessary, he may completely cut off power exports to these states.

What’s Next?

As Canada undergoes a significant political transition, here’s a summary of recent developments and upcoming steps:

  • Mark Carney’s Victory: The former Bank of England governor won 85.9% of the vote in the Liberal leadership race and will be sworn in as prime minister in the coming days.
  • Justin Trudeau’s Departure: Trudeau must formally resign before Carney can take office. He will remain in position until he meets with Governor General Mary Simon.
  • Upcoming Election: A general election must take place by October 20, but it is widely expected to be called sooner.
  • Carney’s First Address: In his victory speech, Carney declared, “Americans should make no mistake… in trade, as in hockey, Canada will win.”
  • International Reactions: UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer and French President Emmanuel Macron have extended their congratulations to Carney, signaling strong international support for Canada’s new leadership.

Carney’s Background: A Banker Turned Prime Minister

Mark Carney, Canada’s 24th prime minister, has an extensive background in economics and finance.

  • Early Life: Born in Fort Smith, Northwest Territories, Carney grew up in a politically engaged family, with his father once running as a Liberal candidate in Edmonton-South.
  • Education: He studied at Harvard University on a scholarship and later earned a PhD in economics from Oxford University.
  • Career in Banking: Carney served as governor of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England.
  • Political Entry: Despite previous dismissals of a political career—once joking, “Why don’t I become a circus clown?”—Carney’s expertise in financial crises has now positioned him as Canada’s leader during a tense economic standoff with the U.S.
  • International Influence: He has participated in G20 meetings alongside Trump and chaired the Financial Stability Board. Recalling a past encounter, he remarked, “Trump only respects power… Good luck with that” when discussing efforts to appease the former U.S. president.

Liberal Party Gathers Momentum for Snap Election

Following months of poor polling, Liberals now sense an opportunity for a political resurgence. Carney’s resounding victory—securing more votes than Trudeau did in 2013—has energized the party.

“There’s no sense that we should delay,” said David McGuinty, the federal public safety minister. “I’m really, really excited for what’s coming. And frankly, it’s time for an election.”

Although no official date has been set for the transfer of power from Trudeau to Carney, political insiders anticipate a swift transition, with an election announcement likely to follow shortly after.

As Canada braces for a new chapter under Carney’s leadership, the nation prepares for an intensified trade battle with the U.S., setting the stage for one of the most consequential political and economic showdowns in recent history.

NY City Deputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan Honors Bawa Jain With Official Citation For Global Peace And Interfaith Dialogue

The City of New York, under the leadership of Mayor Eric Adams, honored Bawa Jain with an official citation in recognition of his unwavering dedication to global peace, inter-religious dialogue, and spiritual leadership.

Originally conferred during the Diwali celebrations in October 2024, unforeseen circumstances delayed the formal presentation. However, at a time when the world faces complex challenges, this recognition holds even more significance, emphasizing the need for unity and collective action.

Photo B Deputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan and Bawa JainDeputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan, a strong advocate for the South Asian community, highlighted the significance of this honor, stating, “Bawa Jain’s lifelong dedication to peace and interfaith harmony has had a profound impact not just in New York City, but globally. His leadership exemplifies the values of unity, diversity, and mutual respect that we strive to uphold.”

Deputy Commissioner Mr. Dilip Chauhan presented the citation on behalf of Mayor Eric Adams, emphasizing the crucial role of leadership in strengthening communities. Accepting the honor, Bawa Jain stressed the importance of inter-religious collaboration and global dialogue in advancing peace.

“We have no room for the hate that is plaguing our society today,” said Bawa Jain. “In these challenging times, it is more essential than ever that we come together to build bridges of understanding and work towards a future founded on peace, respect, and shared humanity.”

This recognition underscores the transformative power of responsible leadership in overcoming divisive forces and driving positive change. As the world continues to evolve, Bawa Jain’s work serves as a beacon of hope, inspiring individuals and communities to strive for a future rooted in compassion, unity, and justice.

Madam Ji Ki Shaadi Brings the Grand Experience of an Indian Wedding to New York City

Indian weddings are renowned for their elaborate festivities, and a new restaurant now offers guests a taste of this celebratory experience. Madam Ji Ki Shaadi, which translates to “Madam Ji Is Getting Married,” opened on March 4 at 154 Bleecker Street in Greenwich Village. The restaurant is the brainchild of chef Abishek Sharma, who specializes in catering destination weddings and operates two other Indian restaurants in Manhattan—Rang and Swagat. This latest venture is designed to capture every aspect of an Indian wedding, from the food and décor to the vibrant energy of the occasion.

“The inspiration for Madam Ji Ki Shaadi stems from the vibrant and joyous celebrations of Indian weddings. These events are immersive experiences filled with music, dance, rituals, and incredible food,” Sharma explained. “I wanted to capture that energy and create a space where every night feels like a big fat Bollywood wedding. My personal experiences with wedding catering and the way food connects people during these celebrations led me to craft this unique dining concept.”

Guests are welcomed with the option of receiving a traditional bindi and can choose a $65 pre-fixe wedding menu, which includes insights into the rituals that shape an Indian wedding. The experience begins with a sparkling welcome drink and golgappe—crispy semolina spheres stuffed with spiced potatoes—served at the bar. Following the welcome drinks, diners are escorted to their seats for a feast that mirrors the lavish meals typically served at Indian weddings. The menu features dishes such as beetroot chaat, chili chicken bao, and chipotle paneer or chicken tikka kebabs. A vegetarian menu is also available for those who prefer plant-based options.

“The tasting menu will unfold like a wedding feast, with small bites, appetizers, mains, and dessert, just like at a traditional wedding reception,” Sharma said. “It’s about joy, indulgence, and creating unforgettable memories.”

A centerpiece of each dining table is a round golden thali tray, which holds an assortment of dishes traditionally enjoyed after an Indian wedding ceremony. Accompanying the meal are naan, chutneys, and rice. Some of the main offerings include vegetable truffle harvest kofta croquettes served in a spiced cashew sauce, Delhi-style Makhani chicken or paneer in a rich, buttery tomato sauce, coconut shrimp or vegetable curry, and slow-cooked gosht royale (goat).

“Weddings are about food, and every wedding thali is a carefully curated journey of flavors, textures, and emotions,” Sharma explained. “Our tasting menu features a variety of regional Indian dishes, each representing a different aspect of an Indian wedding feast.”

To end the meal on a sweet note, a seasonal dessert is served, which is currently gajar halwa kulfi—a warm spiced carrot pudding accompanied by ice cream. Additionally, each guest receives a bag of Indian sweets to take home, a gesture reminiscent of the favors given at Indian weddings. Guests can also opt for wine or cocktail pairings for an additional $35.

“From the moment guests walk in, I want them to feel like they’ve stepped into an extravagant shaadi (wedding),” Sharma shared. “The restaurant is divided into themed sections decorated to evoke different wedding moments, like the bright yellow section for the Haldi prosperity ceremony, blue and green symbolizing the pre-wedding Sangeet dance, and eye-popping red representing the color worn by the brides. DJ-curated playlists featuring a mix of classic Indian wedding beats and Bollywood-style music will play all night.”

When it comes to attire, diners are encouraged to dress in formal wedding attire or traditional Indian outfits to embrace the theme, though casual wear is also welcome. The restaurant aims to cater to everyone, including those who are preparing for an upcoming wedding or reminiscing about past celebrations. The space is also available for private events.

“We are creating a platform for wedding planners, DJs, and wedding fashion and décor companies to bring in their clients and experience what an Indian wedding truly feels like,” Sharma said. “This space is more than just a restaurant: it’s a cultural hub, a showcase of the grandeur, flavors, and vibrancy of Indian weddings. Whether it’s for event inspiration, a special night out, or simply to indulge in the joy of a shaadi feast, Madam Ji Ki Shaadi is where the magic happens.”

Trump’s NIH Nominee Jay Bhattacharya Pledges to Address Chronic Disease Crisis and Reform Scientific Integrity

Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, President Donald Trump’s nominee for Director of the National Institutes of Health (NIH), emphasized his commitment to tackling the chronic disease crisis in the United States. If confirmed, he pledged to leverage cutting-edge science and innovation to address the nation’s pressing health concerns.

During his confirmation hearing before the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee on March 5, Bhattacharya underscored the need for NIH funding to focus on studying population aging, chronic diseases, and obesity.

“The NIH can and must solve the crisis of scientific data reliability, under my leadership if confirmed it will do so,” he stated. “Third, if confirmed, I will establish a culture of respect for free speech in science and scientific descent at the NIH. Over the last few years, top NIH officials oversaw a culture of cover-up and a lack of tolerance for ideas that differed from theirs. I’ll foster a culture where NIH leadership will actively encourage different perspectives and create an environment where scientists who disagree with me can express disagreement respectfully.”

Bhattacharya also outlined his broader agenda for NIH reforms. “Fourth on my agenda is that the NIH must recommit to its mission to fund the most Innovative biomedical research agenda possible to improve American Health. I plan to ensure that the NIH invests in cutting-edge research in every field to make big advances rather than just small incremental progress over the years,” he explained.

He further emphasized the importance of transparency and regulation in high-risk research. “Fifth, the NIH must embrace and vigorously regulate risky research that has the possibility of causing a pandemic. It should embrace transparency in all its operations. While the vast majority of biomedical research poses no risk of harm to research subjects or the public, the NIH must ensure that it never supports work that might cause harm. If confirmed, I will work with Congress and the administration to guarantee that happens,” he asserted.

Bhattacharya acknowledged existing challenges within public scientific institutions and vowed to align NIH operations with Trump’s agenda. “While I believe there are real problems to be addressed, if confirmed, I’ll carry out President Trump’s agenda of making the public science institutions of this country worthy of trust and serve to make America healthy again,” he said.

He referenced a November 2024 Pew Research Center study highlighting a decline in public confidence in scientists, with only 26% expressing a high degree of trust in scientists to act in the public’s best interest, while 23% expressed little to no confidence. “Post-pandemic American biomedical sciences are at a crossroads,” he remarked.

He elaborated on his professional background and connection to the NIH. “The NIH has played a pivotal role in my career. I served for a decade as a standing member of NIH grant committees and helped train many trainees for scientific careers with NIH support. I want NIH funding to study population aging chronic disease and obesity. I’ve made the study of scientific institutions, including the NIH itself, a focus of my own scientific work. The NIH is the crown jewel of American Biomedical Sciences with a long and illustrious history of supporting breakthroughs in biology and medicine,” he noted.

Bhattacharya laid out five key priorities for his tenure if confirmed as NIH director. “First, NIH should focus on research that solves the American chronic disease crisis. American Health is going backwards. Life expectancy flatlined between 2012 and 2019 and plummeted during the pandemic and still has not bounced back to pre-pandemic levels,” he said.

He stressed the urgency of addressing chronic diseases, noting that “the chronic disease crisis is severe, with hundreds of millions of Americans, children and adults suffering from obesity, heart disease, cancer, and more.” He reiterated his commitment to Trump and Secretary Kennedy’s agenda of prioritizing chronic health issues with rigorous science and innovation.

He also raised concerns about the reliability of biomedical research. “NIH-supported science should be replicable, reproducible, and generalizable. Unfortunately, much of our modern biomedical science fails this basic test,” he said. He pointed to a research integrity scandal related to Alzheimer’s disease, which put the credibility of hundreds of research papers into question.

“If the data generated by scientists is not reliable, the products of such science cannot help anyone. It is no stretch to think that the slow progress on Alzheimer’s disease is linked to this problem,” Bhattacharya added.

Despite decades of research debunking claims of a connection between vaccines and autism, Bhattacharya did not rule out funding additional studies on the subject. “I don’t generally believe there’s a link between vaccines and autism,” he said during his confirmation hearing. However, he acknowledged public skepticism regarding vaccines and the ongoing lack of clarity surrounding the increasing autism rates.

“I would support a broad scientific agenda, based on data, to get an answer to that,” he stated.

The discussion over NIH resources was a focal point of Bhattacharya’s hearing. NIH currently operates with a budget of nearly $50 billion, making it the world’s largest funder of biomedical research. However, a policy change by the Trump administration in February suspended NIH reviews of new grant applications, effectively halting funding for new research. Additionally, a policy was introduced to reduce indirect funding to universities, a move that has raised concerns among experts who fear it could hinder the development of life-saving treatments.

“I am deeply concerned about the funding and the research that has been stopped,” said Sen. Patty Murray, D-Wash. She pressed Bhattacharya for assurances, stating, “I want strong assurances that you would get that moving again.”

Similarly, Sen. Maggie Hassan, D-N.H., asked, “If confirmed, will you commit to reversing funding freezes at NIH?”

Bhattacharya avoided a direct answer, citing his pending confirmation. However, he promised to evaluate the situation. “I’m going to assess it Day 1. I’m going to understand the resources the whole NIH needs and make sure that the scientists working at NIH have resources to do the lifesaving work that they do and that the scientists that are supported by the NIH also have that,” he assured.

Another contentious issue was the potential for job cuts at NIH. Bhattacharya was questioned about billionaire Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency initiative, which aims to reduce federal spending across agencies. When asked about possible staff reductions at NIH, Bhattacharya dismissed the idea.

“I don’t have any intention to cut anyone at the NIH,” he asserted.

As his confirmation process moves forward, Bhattacharya’s leadership approach at NIH will be closely scrutinized, particularly regarding his handling of research funding, chronic disease priorities, and scientific integrity reforms.

Race to Replace Trudeau: Who Will Lead Canada’s Liberals?

The competition to succeed Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau is in full swing. Leading candidates for the leadership of Trudeau’s ruling Liberal Party, including the globally recognized Chrystia Freeland and Mark Carney, are vying to steer Canada through pressing domestic and international challenges, such as escalating trade disputes with the United States.

After a tumultuous year marked by political crises, Trudeau announced in January that he would resign as Liberal leader once his successor was chosen, eventually stepping down as prime minister.

This Sunday, the Liberals will finally count the votes and declare their new leader, a decision that comes as Canada gears up for a general election later this year.

Why is Trudeau stepping down?

Trudeau has led the Liberal Party for more than a decade. He first brought the Liberals to power in 2015, promising “sunny ways” for Canada. Since then, he has been re-elected twice, most recently in 2021, though that victory cost him his governing majority.

During his tenure, he championed progressive causes, including tackling climate change and addressing historic injustices against Indigenous communities. However, economic dissatisfaction has increasingly overshadowed his leadership in recent years. His administration was further shaken when Freeland, who was serving as deputy prime minister and finance minister, unexpectedly resigned just hours before delivering her annual fiscal update.

Trudeau is stepping down as the Liberal Party faces a significant challenge in the upcoming general elections, expected by October. The party has been trailing in polls against the Conservatives, led by right-wing politician Pierre Poilievre. However, recent weeks have seen the gap narrow as Trudeau’s potential successors, such as Carney, take assertive stances on trade tensions with the United States.

Though Trudeau will relinquish his role as Liberal leader after Sunday’s vote, he has not specified a timeline for stepping down as prime minister. His successor will have the authority to request new federal elections at any time—whether within days, weeks, or months.

What role does the US play?

Relations between Canada and the United States have deteriorated under President Donald Trump. Over the past three months, Trump has blamed Canada for illegal immigration into the U.S., threatened to annex Canada as the U.S.’s 51st state, and imposed steep tariffs on Canadian imports. The White House justifies these tariffs as necessary to curb fentanyl smuggling into the U.S.

The heated rhetoric between Trump and Trudeau has stirred nationalist sentiments in Canada. At NHL and NBA games in the country, some Canadian fans have even taken to booing the U.S. national anthem.

These cross-border tensions may have provided an unexpected boost to the Liberal Party, as Conservative leader Poilievre—often compared to Trump—has sought to distance himself from the U.S. president. At a press conference on Tuesday, Poilievre emphasized, “I am not MAGA.”

“Canadian politics is being convulsed by the Trump government’s assertions about Canada’s future as he saw it, and secondly by the tariffs that were very puzzling to a lot of people given the depth of interdependence between the Canadian and American economies,” said Allan Tupper, a political science professor at the University of British Columbia.

Tupper added that Trudeau’s successor would need to be a skilled negotiator, particularly regarding tariffs. “It just may be a different kind of Canada to deal with. It’s going to be more assertive, more nationalistic, and more in charge of its destiny.”

Who are the leading candidates?

Mark Carney

One of the frontrunners in the race, Carney is a former governor of both the Bank of England and the Bank of Canada. His campaign has focused on clean energy, climate policies, and fostering economic growth.

Carney has emphasized his role in helping Canada manage its debt during the 2008 financial crisis and in navigating the British economy through Brexit. He has also advocated leveraging Canada’s natural resources to drive prosperity while positioning the country as a leader in clean energy.

Experts suggest Carney enjoys significant support from Liberal lawmakers and members of Trudeau’s cabinet. His financial expertise makes him a compelling candidate at a time when economic concerns are at the forefront.

“He’s very competent in economics, so with these tariffs, this economic war, a lot of people are supporting him,” said Charles-Etienne Beaudy, a political science professor at the University of Ottawa and author of Radio Trump: How he won the first time.

Carney has not shied away from addressing tensions with the Trump administration. Speaking to CNN in February, he stated, “Despite being insulted on multiple occasions by senior members of the administration, we are not going to reciprocate in those insults.”

Following the announcement of U.S. tariffs last month, Carney has strongly advocated for dollar-for-dollar retaliatory tariffs that would hurt the U.S. while minimizing the impact on Canada.

Chrystia Freeland

Freeland, a former journalist and another leading contender in the race, was one of Trudeau’s most high-profile cabinet ministers before her resignation.

Born to a Ukrainian mother in Alberta, Freeland studied at Harvard University and later worked as a journalist covering Russia and Ukraine. Entering politics in 2013, she quickly rose through the ranks of the Liberal Party, securing key cabinet positions under Trudeau.

She has prior experience negotiating with Trump on trade. As Canada’s foreign minister in 2018, she played a crucial role in renegotiating the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) with the U.S. and Mexico—a deal that Trump has expressed interest in revisiting. She also clashed with the U.S. administration when it imposed tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum imports.

Trump has personally targeted Freeland, calling her “totally toxic and not at all conducive to making deals.”

Her resignation in December signaled the beginning of Trudeau’s political decline.

On the campaign trail, Freeland has indicated support for a stricter immigration stance and has backed targeted retaliatory tariffs against the U.S.

Karina Gould

Gould, the youngest woman to ever serve as a Canadian minister, has branded herself as a candidate representing a generational shift in leadership. Launching her campaign in January, she stated that the Liberal Party “needs to embrace this shift too.”

Gould has proposed increasing corporate taxes on large businesses earning over $500 million annually. She argues that this policy would incentivize corporations to reinvest in productivity and business development, or else face higher taxes.

Her top priority, if elected, is resolving Canada’s trade dispute with the U.S. before calling for a general election. Like her competitors, she has taken a tough stance against Trump.

Frank Baylis

A businessman from Montreal, Baylis previously served as a lawmaker from 2015 to 2019. In February, he proposed constructing two pipelines to transport natural gas to Europe and Asia, reducing Canada’s economic reliance on the United States.

Baylis has warned against Canada’s heavy dependence on a single trading partner. He has also criticized Trudeau’s handling of Trump, arguing that Canadian leaders made missteps, including traveling to Mar-a-Lago to meet the U.S. president.

“Anybody that’s ever dealt with a bully successfully knows that you don’t give an inch,” Baylis told The Canadian Press last month.

As Canada prepares for new leadership, the next Liberal prime minister will face significant challenges—both at home and abroad. With the U.S. relationship in flux and economic uncertainty looming, the outcome of Sunday’s vote could shape the country’s trajectory for years to come.

Hindi vs. Hindustani: A Linguistic Divide

I am aware that this article may upset many Hindi proponents, but that is of no concern to me. I am not in pursuit of popularity or publicity, despite what some may assume. I have often expressed views that have made me unpopular. I speak what I believe to be the truth, regardless of whether it pleases or offends people.

The reality is that Hindi is not the language of the common man in India, not even in the so-called Hindi-speaking regions. The language spoken by the common people is Hindustani, also referred to as Khadiboli.

To illustrate the distinction between Hindi and Hindustani, consider this example: in Hindustani, one would say “udhar dekhiye” to mean “look there.” However, in Hindi, the equivalent phrase would be “udhar avalokan keejiye.” The average person would never use the phrase “udhar avalokan keejiye.”

Hindi is an artificially constructed language, developed as part of the British colonial policy of divide and rule. The British propagated the false notion that Hindi was the language of Hindus, while Urdu belonged to Muslims.

Before 1947, Urdu served as the common language of educated individuals—Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs, and others—across vast regions of India. However, after the partition in 1947, when Pakistan was established as an Islamic state, Urdu came under attack in India. Religious extremists falsely promoted the idea that Urdu was a foreign language belonging exclusively to Muslims.

As part of this agenda, a concerted effort was made to eliminate Persian and Arabic words from Hindustani, even though they had been widely adopted in everyday speech. These words were then replaced with Sanskrit-derived alternatives. For instance, the word “zila” (district) was substituted with “janpad,” “kaafi” (enough) with “paryapt,” “zyaada” (more) with “adhik,” and “mujrim” (accused) with “abhiyukt.”

Hundreds, if not thousands, of similar examples exist where commonly used Persian words were deliberately weeded out and replaced with Sanskrit terms. This process was nearly catastrophic for Urdu, almost amounting to linguistic genocide.

During my tenure as a judge at the Allahabad High Court, a lawyer who regularly argued in Hindi once submitted a petition titled “Pratibhu Avedan Patra.” I asked him what “Pratibhu” meant, and he replied that it referred to bail. I then pointed out that he should have simply used the term “bail” or “zamaanat,” which everyone understood, rather than “Pratibhu,” a word that was unfamiliar to most people.

In court, deciphering Hindi in government notifications was often challenging, as the language used was highly Sanskritized, or “klisht.”

Similarly, certain Hindi books employ such complex Sanskrit-derived vocabulary that their meaning becomes difficult to grasp.

It is a misconception that incorporating foreign words weakens a language. On the contrary, it strengthens it. English, for example, has become more robust by assimilating words not only from European languages but also from Arabic, Persian, and Hindustani. Consequently, it was misguided to remove Persian and Arabic words that had become an integral part of Hindustani.

To conclude, I believe that modern Hindi poetry does not compare to Urdu poetry in terms of expressiveness and sophistication. Consider this famous Urdu line from Bismil’s revolutionary poem: “Sarfaroshi ki tamanna ab hamaare dil mein hai.” If translated into Hindi, it would read: “Sheesh katwaane ki ichcha ab hamaare hriday mein hai.” Which version do you think revolutionaries would prefer to chant?

Likewise, take the powerful lines by Faiz Ahmed Faiz: “Bol ki lab azad hain tere, bol zubaan ab tak teri hai.” In Hindi, this could be translated as “Uchchaaran karo, munh swatantra hai tumhaara.” However, the Hindi version lacks the strength and depth of the original Urdu. Hindi simply does not possess the same intensity and elegance that Urdu offers.

NASA Delays Launch of SPHEREx and PUNCH Missions for Additional Rocket Checkouts

NASA’s latest space telescope, SPHEREx, designed to search for essential components of life in the Milky Way, and the sun-centered mission PUNCH will have to wait longer before launching together, according to the space agency.

Both missions were scheduled for liftoff on a SpaceX Falcon 9 rocket at 10:09 p.m. ET (7:09 PT) on Saturday from Vandenberg Space Force Base in California. However, NASA and SpaceX confirmed that mission teams had decided to postpone the launch attempt.

“The additional time will allow teams to continue rocket checkouts ahead of liftoff,” NASA stated in an update. “A new launch date will be announced once confirmed on the range.”

There are multiple launch windows available through April.

Originally, the launch window opened on February 28, but weather conditions and integration challenges emerged as engineers worked to attach both missions to the rocket and secure them within a protective fairing. These issues caused delays, said Julianna Scheiman, director of NASA Science Missions at SpaceX.

Although SPHEREx and PUNCH have distinct scientific objectives, launching them together reduces costs while enabling more scientific research in space, explained Dr. Nicky Fox, associate administrator for NASA’s Science Mission Directorate. Additionally, the missions are heading to similar destinations: a sun-synchronous orbit around Earth’s poles. This orbit ensures that each spacecraft maintains the same orientation relative to the sun throughout the year.

SPHEREx, or the Spectro-Photometer for the History of the Universe, Epoch of Reionization and Ices Explorer, aims to explore the evolution of the universe and trace the origins of the fundamental ingredients necessary for life.

PUNCH, or Polarimeter to Unify the Corona and Heliosphere, will focus on studying how the sun influences the solar system. The mission will examine the sun’s hot outer atmosphere, known as the corona, and analyze solar wind, which consists of energized particles constantly streaming from the sun.

Both missions are expected to uncover new and previously unseen details about the solar system and the broader galaxy.

“These missions cover the full breadth of the science that NASA does every day,” said Dr. Mark Clampin, acting deputy associate administrator of NASA’s Science Mission Directorate. “PUNCH … will study the sun in great detail, whereas SPHEREx is a survey mission that will scan the full sky and will observe hundreds of millions of stars. So every minute of the day, NASA science missions are exploring the universe at different scales to really help us understand the universe we live in and understand the sun that keeps our planet alive.”

Tracing the Ingredients for Life

After launch, SPHEREx will spend just over two years in orbit around Earth at an altitude of 404 miles (650 kilometers), gathering data on more than 450 million galaxies. It will also study over 100 million stars within our galaxy.

Mapping the locations of galaxies will provide insights into inflation, the rapid expansion of the universe that occurred almost instantly after the big bang, expanding the cosmos by a factor of a trillion-trillionfold.

The observatory will create a comprehensive map of the sky using 102 colors of infrared light, which are invisible to the human eye but ideal for studying stars and galaxies. By splitting infrared light into different wavelengths, much like a prism, SPHEREx will allow scientists to identify the chemical makeup of celestial objects.

“We are the first mission to look at the whole sky in so many colors,” said Jamie Bock, SPHEREx principal investigator at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory and the California Institute of Technology in Pasadena, California. “Whenever astronomers look at the sky in a new way, we can expect discoveries.”

SPHEREx will also measure the total light emitted by all galaxies, including those too faint or distant to be seen by other telescopes. This will provide a comprehensive picture of all significant sources of light throughout the universe.

A key goal of SPHEREx is to locate evidence of water, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, and other essential life-supporting compounds frozen in interstellar gas and dust clouds.

Astronomers are particularly interested in studying molecular clouds—vast regions of gas and dust—where new stars form. These newly formed stars are likely surrounded by material disks, which eventually shape planets. Scientists theorize that ice attached to tiny dust grains contains the majority of the universe’s water and may have played a role in forming Earth’s oceans.

Identifying the locations and abundance of life’s essential ingredients in our galaxy will help researchers understand how they are incorporated into emerging planets.

SPHEREx will function as a complementary tool to the James Webb Space Telescope. Unlike Webb, which focuses on small areas in great detail, SPHEREx is designed to rapidly scan large sections of the sky. By combining data from both telescopes, scientists can link broad observations to finer details. If SPHEREx detects something of interest, more powerful telescopes like Webb or Hubble can examine it closely.

Unlocking the Mysteries of the Sun

PUNCH consists of four small, suitcase-sized satellites that will orbit Earth for two years, studying the sun and its heliosphere, a vast region of magnetic fields and particles extending well beyond Pluto’s orbit.

Each of the four spacecraft carries a camera that collectively functions as a synchronized instrument with a nearly uninterrupted view of the sun. These cameras are equipped with polarizing filters, similar to those in polarized sunglasses, allowing them to map the corona’s features and track solar activity across the solar system.

By working together, the satellites will create three-dimensional global observations of how the sun’s outer atmosphere transitions into solar wind. This will provide scientists with a better understanding of the mechanisms behind this process. PUNCH will also analyze how the corona and solar wind interact with the rest of the solar system. It will be the first mission to image both phenomena together.

Solar wind and solar storms play a crucial role in shaping space weather, which impacts Earth. While they can create stunning auroras near the poles, they also have the potential to disrupt satellite communications and cause power grid failures.

The data collected by PUNCH will improve scientists’ ability to predict space weather by helping them understand how solar storms develop and evolve. The mission is launching at a particularly significant time, as the sun is nearing its solar maximum—a peak in its 11-year activity cycle—when an increase in solar flares and storms is expected.

“What we hope PUNCH will bring to humanity is the ability to really see, for the first time, where we live inside the solar wind itself,” said Craig DeForest, principal investigator for PUNCH at Southwest Research Institute’s Solar System Science and Exploration Division in Boulder, Colorado.

Like SPHEREx and the James Webb Space Telescope, PUNCH will collaborate with NASA’s Parker Solar Probe, which launched in 2018 and recently completed its closest-ever approach to the sun. Together, these missions will provide both close-up and large-scale views of solar activity.

“PUNCH is the latest heliophysics addition to the NASA fleet that delivers groundbreaking science every second of every day,” said Joe Westlake, director of NASA’s heliophysics division. “Launching this mission as a rideshare bolsters its value to the nation by optimizing every pound of launch capacity to maximize the scientific return for the cost of a single launch.”

India-U.S. Academic Ties Strengthened Through Virtual Mentoring Series ‘MARG’

The Embassy of India in Washington, D.C., in collaboration with the Ministry of Education, the University Grants Commission, and the Department of Agricultural Research and Education of India, has launched the second round of the virtual mentoring series ‘MARG’ – Mentoring for Academic Excellence and Research Guidance. This initiative aims to connect Indian-origin faculty from U.S. universities with students and researchers from Indian universities, according to an official press release.

“This endeavor connects Indian universities across regions with top U.S. universities. Students and researchers will get exposure to latest developments, research and innovation, and skilling opportunities from Indian origin professors in the U.S.,” the release stated.

Faculty of Indian origin from prestigious U.S. institutions such as Stanford University, Purdue University, the University of Maryland, and George Mason University are participating in this series.

During the launch of the second round on March 7, Deputy Chief of Mission Ambassador Sripriya Ranganathan emphasized the growing ties between India and the U.S. in academic, research, innovation, and industrial sectors, particularly in critical and emerging technologies. She credited the leadership of both nations for driving this collaboration forward.

The MARG series plays a significant role in fostering the exchange of ideas and providing guidance on global educational and research opportunities, particularly in technology-related fields such as artificial intelligence, semiconductors, biotechnology, cybersecurity, and agricultural technology.

Expressing gratitude to Indian-origin professors in the U.S. for their contributions to the initiative, Ranganathan encouraged them to maintain connections with Indian universities beyond this series. She also urged them to engage more frequently with faculty and researchers, and to take advantage of Indian government programs such as SPARC, VAIBHAV, and GYAN to visit India for collaborations in research, innovation, skilling, and educational exchanges.

Leaders from participating Indian universities, including directors and vice-chancellors, emphasized that these sessions would greatly benefit students and faculty involved in teaching, skilling, and research in critical and emerging technologies.

Vatican Grapples with Uncertainty as Pope Francis Remains Hospitalized

The Apostolic Palace in the Vatican serves as the headquarters of the Holy See’s Secretariat of State, the core of the Catholic Church’s central administration. As one steps into the offices on the third floor of this Renaissance-era palace, they pass frescoes depicting some of the earliest world maps, highlighting the church’s long-standing global vision and influence, predating modern globalization.

Currently, as Pope Francis enters his fourth week in the hospital, officials within the Apostolic Palace and across the Vatican are navigating the uncertainty surrounding his health.

Two key figures in the Secretariat of State—Cardinal Pietro Parolin, the Secretary of State, and Archbishop Edgar Peña Parra, the “sostituto” or “substitute”—have visited the pope at least twice in the hospital. Typically, both have individual weekly audiences with Francis and remain in close contact with him.

Parolin, a reserved yet perceptive diplomat from northern Italy, plays a crucial role in the Vatican’s geopolitical affairs and was instrumental in negotiating the Holy See’s agreement with China. Some speculate he could be a future pope. It was Parolin who led the initial prayer session in St. Peter’s Square for Francis’ recovery.

Peña Parra, a Venezuelan church diplomat responsible for overseeing the Roman Curia—the Vatican’s central administration—has demonstrated resilience in challenging situations. Last summer, he faced rigorous questioning in a London court case regarding a Vatican real estate deal. The judge ultimately ruled in favor of the Vatican and Peña Parra on key issues.

With Francis still in the hospital, these two officials are managing much of the church’s daily governance. The Roman Curia consists of various departments, or dicasteries, housed in different Vatican and Rome-based offices. These departments, including those responsible for appointing bishops, continue their operations, albeit at a slower pace.

Meetings with foreign heads of state and visiting bishops have been put on hold, and significant events that typically revolve around the pope’s presence have been postponed. This has led to a tense atmosphere within the Vatican, marked by anxiety and uncertainty.

“It’s always difficult when the head, for whatever reason, disappears because the Holy Father is a very hands-on person with regards to management of the curia and of his interest in the work of all the dicasteries,” said Cardinal Arthur Roche, head of the Vatican’s liturgy department, in an interview with CNN.

“(We are) very used to him suddenly ringing for an opinion or to share some observation that he’s made. So, in that sense, things have gone very quiet.”

Roche, who hails from the United Kingdom, acknowledged that while the church’s work continues, this period remains filled with uncertainty and heightened concern.

“But we are hopeful that the good Lord will help him along and restore his health,” he said. “And if not, we can at least back him up by our prayers in sustaining his health at a moment when he needs our support. He’s always willing… to help us and it’s a wonderful opportunity for us to help him when he’s in need.”

Despite his hospitalization, the 88-year-old pope has continued to exercise authority over the church. Even while battling pneumonia in both lungs, Francis has signed documents from his hospital room at the Gemelli hospital, approved the appointment of bishops, and even named a NASA scientist as a member of the Pontifical Academy for Sciences. He has also reached out to a Catholic parish in Gaza.

It was Francis himself who directed doctors and Vatican communications to release detailed daily health updates. On Thursday night, for the first time since his hospitalization, his voice was heard publicly. Though struggling due to his respiratory issues, the pope made a significant effort to thank those gathered in St. Peter’s Square for their prayers.

Each evening, cardinals and senior Vatican officials convene in St. Peter’s Square to pray for the pope. These gatherings have been marked by a solemn and subdued atmosphere.

Anthony Ekpo, a Vatican official and author of The Roman Curia: History, Theology, and Organization, emphasized that the Curia’s role has now shifted toward “prayerful support for the pope” while also ensuring “continuing the task of assisting him in the work of governing the Universal Church.”

Francis’ hospitalization has also reshaped the Catholic Church’s jubilee year, a special pilgrimage-focused event held once every 25 years. The pope had been scheduled to participate in a series of celebrations, but in his absence, senior cardinals have taken on leadership roles for these events.

This situation has led to speculation reminiscent of a pre-conclave atmosphere. Vatican observers are closely monitoring how cardinals stepping in for Francis carry out their responsibilities, assessing whether any might be “papabile”—that is, a potential future pope.

The interest in papal succession has been heightened by the popularity of the film Conclave, which many senior church figures have watched.

Although Francis has faced physical difficulties, he has remained mentally sharp and has taken steps to ensure that no single figure wields excessive influence in his absence.

The pope has two personal secretaries assisting him at the hospital, both priests, but they have largely remained out of public view. Throughout his papacy, Francis has rotated his secretaries, opted against appointing a personal spokesman, and avoided allowing any individual to emerge as a “deputy.”

This approach contrasts with the power structures that emerged during the long illnesses of previous popes. When John Paul II experienced extended periods of ill health, a power vacuum developed within the Vatican, allowing key officials to exert control over major decisions. His private secretary, now Cardinal Stanisław Dziwisz, became an influential gatekeeper. Similarly, Benedict XVI’s close aide, Archbishop Georg Gänswein, played a similar role.

Currently, there is no clear timeline for Francis’ discharge, and Vatican sources describe the prognosis of his complex health condition as “reserved.”

Friends of the pope say he is eager to leave the hospital and return to Casa Santa Marta, his residence since the 2013 conclave. This location also serves as lodging for cardinals during a conclave. Given the seriousness of his condition, his recovery could take weeks, fueling speculation about whether he might consider resigning.

From March 9 to 14, the leaders of the Roman Curia will participate in spiritual exercises in observance of Lent, this year focusing on “the hope of eternal life.” This period is traditionally marked by deep prayer, fasting, and almsgiving as believers prepare for Easter.

For the Vatican, however, Lent in 2025 is unfolding in an atmosphere of uncertainty. As the pope’s health remains precarious, church officials and faithful alike are holding onto hope—and prayer—that a clear path forward will emerge.

The Subtle Art of Not Caring: 10 Mindful Ways to Let Go and Find Happiness

Life today is fast-paced and demanding. Juggling work, relationships, social media, and countless other responsibilities often leads us to seek approval from others. The more we concern ourselves with external opinions and societal expectations, the more anxious and disconnected we become.

However, there is a way to escape this mental turmoil: by mastering the subtle art of not caring. This doesn’t mean becoming indifferent or emotionless; rather, it’s about freeing ourselves from unhealthy expectations and embracing a more authentic way of living.

Having studied psychology in university, I have long been fascinated by the intersection of Eastern philosophy and modern happiness research. Over time, I’ve realized that happiness is not about constantly adding more to our lives but about shedding unnecessary mental burdens.

Here are ten mindful strategies to help stop stressing over minor matters and cultivate a more fulfilling life.

Embrace impermanence

Everything in life is constantly changing, and understanding this can be surprisingly comforting. I used to hold onto expectations—whether about people, outcomes, or my own abilities—but once I accepted that change is inevitable, I felt a sense of relief.

Recognizing impermanence doesn’t mean giving up on what matters; it simply means letting go of the illusion of control. When faced with unexpected challenges, remind yourself: “This too shall pass.” Most problems are temporary, and adopting this perspective can prevent unnecessary worry.

Let go of external approval

As social beings, we naturally crave acceptance. But when we become overly concerned with what others think, we lose sight of our own identity.

I have experienced this firsthand—trying to please everyone only left me drained. Eventually, I realized I was conforming to expectations that weren’t even my own.

Releasing the need for external validation doesn’t mean disregarding others entirely; rather, it means acknowledging that we cannot control people’s perceptions. When we detach from this constant pursuit, we redirect our energy toward personal growth, meaningful relationships, and inner peace.

Practice mindful detachment

Eastern philosophies emphasize detachment—not as a rejection of emotions, but as a way to create a healthy distance from our thoughts and desires.

Over-attachment to outcomes, such as securing a promotion or finding the perfect partner, breeds tension and often leads to disappointment. Mindful detachment allows us to observe our thoughts without letting them dictate our emotions.

For example, if I’m anxious about a work project, I acknowledge the worry, plan my next steps, and then release the anxiety rather than dwell on it. This approach fosters calmness and resilience, making setbacks easier to navigate.

Set healthy boundaries

One of the most effective ways to maintain peace of mind is by setting clear boundaries. Saying “yes” to every request—whether social or professional—can quickly lead to burnout. Understanding where your responsibilities end and others’ begin is crucial.

A long-term study by Harvard on adult development emphasizes the role of healthy relationships in overall well-being. An essential part of maintaining these relationships is learning to say “no” when necessary. Interestingly, when we establish firm boundaries, people often respect us more, not less.

Find freedom in vulnerability

I once feared vulnerability, believing it would lead to rejection or diminished respect. However, I later realized that being open about fears and insecurities strengthens relationships rather than weakens them.

The same Harvard study found that meaningful relationships are a key predictor of happiness and longevity. But deep connections can only form when we allow others to see our true selves—flaws included.

Accept your feelings without judgment

It’s common to label emotions like anxiety or sadness as “bad” and attempt to suppress them. However, resisting emotions only amplifies them.

Instead, practice acknowledging your feelings without criticism. Simply saying, “I’m feeling anxious, and that’s okay,” can help reduce the intensity of the emotion.

This approach is rooted in mindfulness, which encourages us to observe emotions with curiosity rather than resistance. Paradoxically, acceptance makes it easier to let go of distressing thoughts.

Focus on the present moment

Many of us spend our days either reliving past mistakes or worrying about the future—rarely focusing on the present. This mental habit fuels anxiety and prevents us from fully experiencing life.

Shifting attention to the present is a powerful way to let go of unnecessary worries. Even a short five-minute breathing exercise can help ground you in reality rather than hypothetical fears.

Research has shown that mindfulness significantly reduces stress and enhances life satisfaction, making it a valuable practice for anyone struggling with overthinking.

Align with your personal values

Whenever I find myself overly concerned about societal expectations, I ask: “Does this align with my values?” If the answer is no, I remind myself that it’s not worth my mental energy.

Psychologist Sonja Lyubomirsky’s research on happiness suggests that up to 40% of our happiness stems from our daily activities and mindset. Living in alignment with our values plays a major role in this.

When our actions reflect our beliefs, we experience a sense of integrity and fulfillment that no external approval can replace.

Remember it’s okay to recalibrate

Life is constantly evolving, and so are we. What was important to us a few years ago may no longer hold the same significance. Allowing ourselves to change—whether that means switching careers, ending friendships, or embracing new interests—is crucial for growth.

Change can feel intimidating, but research from the University of Pennsylvania indicates that openness to new possibilities fosters optimism, which in turn enhances well-being. If your intuition suggests a shift is necessary, trust that you have the ability to navigate the transition.

Choose what you care about wisely

Mastering the art of not caring doesn’t mean becoming indifferent; it means being selective about where you invest your energy.

Think of life as a carefully curated experience. By focusing on what truly matters—whether it’s relationships, personal goals, or passions—you create space for deeper fulfillment.

This concept is explored in my book, Hidden Secrets of Buddhism: How to Live With Maximum Impact and Minimum Ego. A key takeaway is that by letting go of distractions and concerns that don’t align with our values, we can fully invest in what brings us joy.

Final words

At its core, not caring is not about apathy—it’s about intention. It’s about decluttering our mental space and filling it with meaningful pursuits, relationships, and inner peace.

For me, the greatest transformation came when I stopped tying my self-worth to external judgments. By relinquishing unnecessary concerns, I gained clarity, strengthened relationships, and discovered a contentment I never thought possible.

I hope these ten mindful strategies inspire you to embrace a more liberated way of living. Life is too short to be weighed down by worries that don’t reflect your true self. Why not allow yourself the freedom to live authentically, love deeply, and care selectively? Trust me—it’s worth it.

Women’s Achievements Awards Gala Celebrates 14th Outstanding Women

Celebrating the strength, resilience, and remarkable achievements of women, with the objective of inspiring others to understand and value women’s inclusion to forge a better world, Indian American Forum (IAF) honored several dignified and accomplished women of substance at the 14th Annual Women’s Achievements Awards Gala this past weekend at the Akbar Banquet in Long Island, New York.

Under the leadership of Chairperson Indu Jaiswal and Gala Chair Shammi Singh, known for their strong commitment and dedication to the community cause, along with the entire team of IAF, were the organizing force behind the GALA, celebrating the success of the outstanding achievements by these distinguished personalities in the presence of many accomplished guests and community leaders.

Several distinguished women, representing various sectors were recognized and honored. The honorees were presented with special citations from Nassau County Executive, Town of Oyster Bay, Town of Hempstead, Town of North Hempstead and Nassau County Legislature.

Women’s Achievements Awards Gala Celebrates 14th Outstanding Women 1

The distinguished awardees and honorees included:

Dr. Jagmohan Kalra, MD – Board certified Hematologist-oncologist, a renowned community leader and Karaoke group owner and singer.

Dr. Leena Doshi – Founder of Doshi Diagnostics and non-profit Doshi Smiles, an athlete, philanthropist and painter.

Dr. Nita Mehta – Specialization in Ophthalmology and glaucoma. Board member of Indian Cultural Unit at Parker Jewish Institute and on the board/committee of several organizations like Rotary, Indo-American Senior citizen center of NY, India Home and GGKLI.

Sarina Jain – Founder of Masala Bhangra – A trailblazer in fitness and a dynamic cultural ambassador revolutionizing fitness through culture and movement celebrating over 30 years in the fitness industry.

Falu (Falguni Shah) – Grammy Award winning multi-lingual singer/song-writer, recognized by Economic Times as one of the 20 most influential Indian women and named as one of the Top 50 Global leaders from India in Business and Arts.

Sanjana Iyer – Youth Empowerment

Syosset school senior and professional Bharatnatyam dancer and musician, Two times DECA state qualifier, Two time speech and debate LIFA qualifier using her professional dance experience for Parkinson’s research fund raising.

Several Officials, including Nassau County Comptroller Hon. Elaine Phillips, Town Supervisor Hon. Joseph Saladino, Town of North Hempstead Supervisor Jennifer DeSena, Hon Rose Walker, Nassau County Legislature and Deputy Supervisor Hon. Dorothy L. Goosby, were respectfully invited and welcomed by Dr. Bobby Kalotee, portrayed the women empowerment and success.

Starting with the beautiful décor and warm welcome with sumptuous appetizers, the evening started with American and Indian National Anthem followed by a rocking welcome by hosts Indu Jaiswal, Roopam Maini and Shammi Singh.

Traditional Bharatnatyam and Kathak dance performances portrayed true colors of our rich culture. Sarina Jain from Masala Bhangra rolled the feet of audience with her powerful Bhangra dance moves. DJ Parminder rocked the dance floor.

Women’s Achievements Awards Gala Celebrates 14th Outstanding Women 2Several distinguished political and community leaders, IAF Board of Trustees, Members, Volunteers, supporters and audience graced the occasion, applauding the distinguished accomplishments of women honorees. Several Board of Trustees and community leaders in presence included Dr Bhupendra Patel, Mukund Mehta (Indo-American Senior Citizens of NY), Jasbir (Jay) Singh, Anil and Sunil Jain (Vass Pipe), Dr. Nitin Doshi (Doshi Diagnostics), Beena Kothari (President-AIA), Dr N Kukar, Dr Jagdish Gupta, Flora Parekh (President – Gift of Life USA), Dr. Bhavani Srinivasan (AAPIQLI), Ravi Bhooplapur (Xaviers Medical College), Shashi Malik (SEVA Center for Humanity), Vimal Goyal & Deepak Bansal (IDPUSA), Rotary Club, Lions Club, Sandy Bhatia (Flushing Bank), Rizwan Quereshi (HAB Bank), Dr. Mamta Shaha, Kalpana Patel (UCI), Sudhir & Swati Vaishnav, Vijay Goswamy, Anju & Sanju Sharma (Registration), Dr. Prachi Dua, Beena Kothari and team produced Souvenir Journal, several past honorees and many other organization leaders.

The organizers expressed their sincere gratitude to the outstanding media professionals for their generous coverage and support. Aashmeeta Yogiraj emceed the event and concluded with a Thank you note from Shammi Singh and Roopam Maini.

Entire IAF team with several volunteers, were instrumental in making the event a grand success. It was indeed a very successful evening, showcasing and honoring outstanding women achievers, who are successful in business, cultural, professional, education, and medical. Community and social services.  Additional information can be found on our website at www.indianamericanforum.org

There are 19 pictures, and below is the detail of each picture.

1. Left to right : Dr. Kukkar, Manju Kukkar, Gala chair Shammi Singh, Honoree Dr. Leena Doshi, Dr. Doshi and IAF Chair Indu Jaiswal.

2. IAF Gala Chair -Shammi Singh, Honoree. Dr. Leena Doshi. IAF Chair Indu Jaiswal and Past Honoree Pinky Rangi

3.IAF Chair Indu Jaiswal, the Nassau County Comptroller Elaine Phillips and IAF Gala Chair Shammi Singh.

4.Students of Hamsaasya Dance School performing.

5.IAF Chair, Indu Jaiswal with Mrs. Universe North East USA, Shilpa Shetty.

6. Town of North Hempstead Town Supervisor Jennifer DeSena.addressing the gathering.

7. Honoree. Dr. Jagmohan Kalra, Honoree. Falu (Falguni ) Shah, Deputy Town Supervisor, Town of Hempstead – Dorothy Goosby, Honoree. Sanjana Iyer, Honoree. Dr. Leena Doshi and Honoree. Dr. Nita Mehta.

8.Nassau County Legislator Rose Marie Walker, Deputy Town Supervisor, Town of Hempstead  Dorothy Goosby and The Nassau County Comptroller Elaine Phillips

9.IAF Gala Committee members and Dignitaries with Honoree Falu Shah.

10.IAF Gala Board and committee members with Honorees.

11.Lighting the lamp by IAF Founding Member Dr. Bobby Kumar Kalotee ( center with Town Supervisor ) , Government Officials , Dignitaries and Community Leaders

12. Indian American Forum Founding Member Dr. Bobby Kumar Kalotee with IAF Chair Indu Jaiswal addressing the gathering.

13.Harry Malhotra – Chairman South Asian Advisory Board, Town of Oyster Bay, IAF Gala Chair Shammi Singh, Dr. Prachi Dua, Honoree Dr. Leena Doshi, IAF Chair Indu Jaiswal, Town Of North Hempstead Town Supervisor Jennifer DeSena and Pragya Singh from Consul General of India.

14. Honoree Sarina Jain 3rd from left

15. IAF Board of Trustee Dr.Bhupi Patel, Gala Chair Shammi Singh, IAF Chair Indu Jaiswal, Honoree Dr. Nita Mehta, Dr. Pratichi Goenka, Town Supervisor Jennifer DeSena, Pragya Singh -Consulate General of India, New York and Ravishankar Bhooplapur -President Xavier University, School of Medicine, Aruba

16. Honoree Falu Shah -6th from left.

Trump Announces India’s Commitment to Reducing Tariffs Amid Growing Trade Talks

US President Donald Trump stated on Friday that India has agreed to significantly reduce its tariffs.

Speaking from the Oval Office, Trump remarked, “India charges us massive tariffs, massive—you can’t even sell anything in India. It’s almost… it is restrictive. You know, we do very little business inside. They have agreed, by the way. They want to cut their tariffs way down now because somebody’s finally exposing them for what they have done.”

His comments came just hours after India announced that it was exploring ways to deepen trade relations with the US, including reducing tariff and non-tariff barriers under a bilateral trade agreement.

Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for the Ministry of External Affairs, noted that during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the US last month, both countries had revealed plans to negotiate a mutually beneficial, multi-sector Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA).

Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal was in the US for discussions with his counterparts, as both governments continued working on advancing talks related to the multi-sector trade pact, Jaiswal added.

“Our objective through the BTA is to strengthen and deepen India-US two-way trade across the goods and services sector, increase market access, reduce tariff and non-tariff barriers, and deepen supply chain integration between the two countries,” Jaiswal stated.

In his latest remarks, the US President also addressed a joint session of Congress, where he listed India alongside the European Union, China, and Canada as countries that impose high tariffs on American products.

Trump asserted that for decades, other nations had used tariffs against the US, and now it was “our turn” to impose them in return.

On February 13, Prime Minister Modi met with Trump in Washington, DC, where both leaders agreed to finalize a major trade agreement by the end of the year. They also set an ambitious goal of reaching USD 500 billion in annual trade by 2030, aiming to narrow the trade deficit.

“Recognizing that this level of ambition would require new, fair-trade terms, the leaders announced plans to negotiate the first tranche of a mutually beneficial, multi-sector Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA) by fall of 2025,” stated a joint press release summarizing the Modi-Trump meeting.

In its Union Budget for 2025-26, India disclosed plans to lower tariffs on products such as bourbon whiskey, wines, and the electric vehicle (EV) sector—widely interpreted as an effort to accommodate US concerns.

Meanwhile, Washington has been urging New Delhi to purchase more American oil, gas, and defense equipment to help reduce the trade deficit, which currently favors India by approximately USD 45 billion.

The US remained India’s largest trading partner in 2023, with total bilateral trade in goods and services reaching USD 190 billion.

Connecticut Governor Ned Lamont Returns from India Trade Mission with Broken Arm

Connecticut Governor Ned Lamont returned from a trade mission to India nursing a broken arm.

Speaking at a news conference at the state Capitol on Monday, the Democratic governor appeared with his left arm secured in a black sling. Lamont, who is right-handed, explained that he suffered the injury after slipping on wet marble during his weeklong visit to the country.

“It’s broken,” he informed reporters, emphasizing how inexpensive his medical treatment in India turned out to be.

Detailing his experience, Lamont said, “I’ll tell you that it broke, I get a nurse, I go and get an X-ray, they give me this sling. I come back, I go talk to this business group and I said, ‘You guys are amazing, it only cost $10.’ They said, ‘You got ripped off.’”

Reflecting on the incident, he added, “That’s India.”

Despite the injury, Lamont successfully led a delegation of state officials and business representatives, engaging with around 30 companies during the trip. He returned to Connecticut with a signed memorandum of understanding aimed at strengthening economic ties between the state and Tamil Nadu, India’s southernmost state.

Connecticut has a significant Indian-origin population, with approximately 38,000 residents born in India, accounting for 14% of the state’s foreign-born population. Additionally, India is the leading country of origin for international students in Connecticut, with 7,200 of the 19,990 international students in the state hailing from India.

AR Rahman Unveils ‘Rukna Nahi’ from ‘My Melbourne’, Featuring Aryana Sayeed

Academy Award-winning composer AR Rahman has introduced the first song from the much-anticipated anthology My Melbourne. The track, titled Rukna Nahi, is a musical tribute to empowerment and unity. The song marks the Hindi debut of Aryana Sayeed, an Afghan singer who lends her vocals to the composition.

Announcing the song’s release, Rahman shared a message on X (formerly Twitter), stating, “Glad to share the music of ‘My Melbourne’ with you. Best wishes to the entire team. ‘My Melbourne’ releases in Cinemas in India on March 14, and in ANZ on March 6. Rukna Nahi (Setara Title track): Hindi version.”

Rukna Nahi conveys themes of freedom and identity, aligning with the anthology’s broader message of cultural unity. Aryana Sayeed, originally from Kabul and now residing in London, brings a soulful depth to the song. The lyrics and music have been composed by Anurag Sharma. With Rahman’s support and Aryana’s moving rendition, Rukna Nahi sets the stage for an anthology that aims to be both a musical and cinematic celebration of diverse cultural narratives.

Indian Outbound Travel Surges as Visa Applications Rise 11% in 2024, Surpassing Pre-Pandemic Levels

Indian travelers are heading abroad in record numbers, with outbound travel witnessing an impressive surge in 2024. According to a report by VFS Global, cited by Business Standard, visa application volumes have risen by 11% compared to the previous year, demonstrating a growing enthusiasm for international travel. Notably, this increase has also surpassed pre-pandemic figures from 2019 by 4%, signaling not just a recovery but an accelerated interest in global exploration among Indian travelers.

A Robust Comeback for Indian Travelers

The resurgence of outbound travel is not merely a return to normalcy but an indication of greater global mobility for Indian tourists. The steady increase in visa applications suggests that international travel has become a key priority for many Indians, whether for leisure, business, education, or medical purposes. Several factors have contributed to this growing trend, including a rising middle class, improved international connectivity, economic strength, and a renewed eagerness to explore after pandemic-related restrictions.

Most Popular Destinations for Indian Travelers

As more countries welcome Indian visitors, certain destinations have gained particular popularity. The report highlights Canada, China, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Saudi Arabia, the United States, and the United Kingdom as the top choices for Indian travelers in 2024. These locations remain attractive due to their blend of cultural experiences, business prospects, prestigious educational institutions, and well-developed tourism infrastructure that caters to Indian preferences.

Evolving Travel Demographics: The Influence of Gen ACE and Gen LUX

A separate study conducted by Ernst & Young (EY) provides insight into the shifting demographics of Indian outbound travelers, revealing two key groups that are shaping industry trends—Gen ACE and Gen LUX.

Gen ACE comprises younger, adventure-seeking travelers who prioritize experiences, cultural immersion, and unique destinations. They favor budget-friendly and unconventional locations, often opting for technology-driven, flexible travel arrangements.

Gen LUX, in contrast, consists of high-net-worth individuals and luxury travelers who prefer premium travel experiences, luxurious accommodations, and meticulously curated itineraries focused on exclusivity and comfort.

These evolving preferences reflect the diversification of India’s outbound travel market, spanning a spectrum from cost-conscious backpackers and digital nomads to affluent tourists seeking high-end experiences.

The Future of Global Travel for Indian Tourists

With international travel gaining momentum, experts predict that outbound tourism from India will continue its upward trajectory in the coming years. Airlines, travel companies, and hospitality brands are increasingly tailoring their offerings to Indian tourists by providing customized services, targeted marketing campaigns, and exclusive travel deals. Additionally, several governments have acknowledged India’s significance as a key travel market and have taken measures to streamline visa procedures and enhance travel experiences.

As India strengthens its position in global tourism, the surge in outbound travel reflects the country’s expanding influence in international mobility. The rising demand for travel, coupled with evolving consumer trends, marks a new era in which Indian travelers are embracing the world with greater enthusiasm, ambition, and purchasing power.

Diljit Dosanjh Redefines Indian Music Beyond Bollywood

For years, Bollywood has been the defining force in Indian music, with its film soundtracks dominating the industry. However, a significant transformation is taking place, spearheaded by India’s newest global music sensation.

Diljit Dosanjh, a 41-year-old singer, actor, and producer from Punjab, is reshaping the music landscape in the world’s fastest-growing market. Departing from the traditional Bollywood soundtrack model, he has infused his music with hip-hop and rap elements while collaborating with international stars such as Ed Sheeran and Sia. By doing so, he is breaking new ground and amassing a vast global following.

Last summer, Dosanjh made a high-profile appearance on The Tonight Show Starring Jimmy Fallon, where he was introduced as “the biggest Punjabi performer on the planet.” He entertained audiences with hit songs like Born to Shine and G.O.A.T.

His 2024 Dil-Luminati tour set records, selling 742,000 tickets worldwide, according to Warner Music Group. The North American and European legs alone drew more than 346,000 attendees and generated over $44 million in revenue. While speaking from the Middle East during his tour, Dosanjh emphasized the diversity of Indian music. “Indian music is not just Bollywood music,” he said. “The traditional folk music in every part of the country is supremely good. It’s unfortunate that the world so far could only get a taste of Bollywood music that is commercial.”

His unique fusion of musical styles, combined with his charismatic personality and strong social media presence, has elevated Indian music’s profile globally. This success has also been beneficial for Warner Music, which entered the Indian market relatively late in 2020.

India currently ranks as the 14th-largest recorded music market, significantly trailing behind giants like the U.S. and Japan. However, Indian music’s presence on global streaming platforms has surged, driven by a young, tech-savvy population. The Indian diaspora, estimated at around 35 million people, primarily in North America, the UK, and the Middle East, has played a crucial role in increasing demand for Indian music through streaming and live concerts. Spotify Technology SA reports that consumption of Indian music has skyrocketed by over 2,000% between 2019 and 2024.

According to Jay Mehta, managing director of Warner Music India, this is just the beginning. He believes that the Indian music industry has the potential to double in size within the next three to four years. To accelerate this growth, Mehta has been pairing Indian artists with international stars such as Coldplay and One Republic to expand their reach.

Shifting musical tastes have further contributed to this transformation. When Spotify first launched in India in 2019, nearly 70% of the music streamed by domestic audiences was international. Today, that number has flipped, with 70% of streamed content being local music. Punjabi music, in particular, has gained immense popularity not only within India but also globally, with Dosanjh playing a key role in this trend.

Over the past four years, a fundamental shift has occurred in how music is consumed. “Moving from a soundtrack-driven ecosystem to an artist-centric ecosystem,” Mehta explained.

This transition aligns well with Dosanjh’s strengths. He is an internet sensation, frequently sharing humorous and heartfelt videos on TikTok and YouTube that keep his fans engaged. His social media presence is a blend of humor, cultural pride, and personal glimpses into his life, making him highly relatable. He is also an enthusiastic home cook and often shares videos of himself making coffee or scrambling eggs. Although he acknowledges that his limited English proficiency could be a barrier to broader success, he still managed to persuade Sheeran to sing in Punjabi with him.

He also leverages social media effectively by actively reposting fan-generated content, leading to viral trends that further amplify his brand. His latest hit song, Water, inspired a popular dance challenge among fans.

“Today, the digital era allows for instant global exposure,” Dosanjh said. “Any song I create has the potential to become a worldwide success overnight, thanks to this connectivity.”

The rise of artists like Dosanjh reflects a growing trend in India’s music industry: the cultivation of superfans. Mehta has taken cues from the playbook of K-pop sensation BTS and its dedicated fanbase, ARMY, to drive engagement for Dosanjh and other Indian artists like Hindi rapper King. In fact, Warner Music even recruited a leader from the BTS ARMY to enhance social communication between its artists and their fans.

This artist-first model is strengthening fan engagement, particularly among those who actively stream music and attend live concerts. India’s live music scene is booming, with over 30,000 concerts taking place across the country last year. Ticket revenue has now surpassed sponsorship earnings, reversing the pre-pandemic trend, according to consultancy EY.

Dosanjh’s live performances are a major draw, often described as electrifying, featuring unique dance moves and direct interaction with audiences that have endeared him to millions.

His debut at Coachella in 2023 was a pivotal moment, bringing non-Bollywood Indian music to the global stage. He became the first artist ever to perform entirely in Punjabi at the festival. “Music is a universal sound and universal force. You cannot limit it to one genre or category,” he said.

Since then, he has continued to expand his international collaborations. He worked with Australian artist Sia on the Punjabi song Hass Hass, which boosted both artists’ popularity in their respective home countries. Sheeran made a surprise appearance at Dosanjh’s concert in Birmingham, England, where they performed a remix of their hit Nania x Shape of You together.

In addition to his musical success, Dosanjh has made a name for himself in acting. He is best known for the 2016 action crime film Udta Punjab and Amar Singh Chamkila, a biographical drama about a Hindi singer, both available on Netflix. He also starred in the romantic comedy Shadaa, which is streaming on Amazon Prime Video.

His growing influence has reached beyond entertainment. In a conversation with Prime Minister Narendra Modi earlier this year, Dosanjh proposed the idea of hosting a global music festival in India that would surpass Coachella in scale.

His achievements have also been a boon for Warner Music as it competes with Sony Music and T-Series, India’s largest music label known for its Bollywood soundtracks and regional music.

Although Indian music is still primarily consumed by domestic audiences and the diaspora, this dynamic is changing. The arrival of streaming platforms such as Spotify in India—the world’s second-largest English-speaking country—has played a significant role in elevating the quality and visibility of Indian music on a global scale.

With a diverse range of Indian music now accessible worldwide, more countries are seeing Indian songs dominate their streaming charts. Ashish Pherwani, leader of the Media & Entertainment sector at EY India, believes that this is only the beginning. “There’s more acceptance of Indian music that’s happening right now,” Pherwani said. “It’s just the tip of the iceberg. Honestly, there’s so much more that can happen around Indian content. It’s been a largely diaspora-oriented industry five years back, but that’s changing now.”

Dosanjh’s success represents a turning point for Indian music, proving that it can thrive beyond the confines of Bollywood and gain recognition on a global stage.

Tesla Model Y Becomes Best-Selling Car of 2024, but Can It Hold the Top Spot in 2025?

The Tesla Model Y has managed to edge out the Toyota Corolla as the best-selling vehicle worldwide in 2024. This marks a significant milestone for Tesla, as the electric vehicle (EV) manufacturer continues to compete with traditional automakers. However, as 2025 begins, Tesla is facing challenges that could see it slip in the rankings.

Toyota maintained its dominance as the best-selling automaker, with three of its models making it into the top 10 best-selling cars of the year. The company’s Corolla, which was just behind the Model Y in sales, has long been a favorite in markets worldwide. Additionally, Toyota’s RAV4 and Camry also secured positions among the most popular models.

Meanwhile, Tesla has revealed a refreshed version of the Model Y, internally codenamed ‘Juniper.’ This updated version features a redesigned exterior along with a revamped interior. Tesla hopes that the Juniper refresh will not only maintain the Model Y’s position at the top but also help the brand regain its global EV sales lead from China’s BYD.

As the new year begins, Tesla has encountered a slowdown in sales, leading some to speculate whether the company can maintain its dominance. The launch of the Juniper version of the Model Y could play a crucial role in determining whether Tesla remains the top-selling EV maker or if it will lose ground to competitors.

Global Best-Selling Cars in 2024

The following table highlights the top 10 best-selling cars in 2024, showcasing the brands, countries of origin, and total sales figures:

Brand Country Model Sales in 2024 (Millions)
Tesla U.S. Model Y 1.09
Toyota Japan Corolla 1.08
Toyota Japan RAV4 1.02
Ford U.S. F-Series 0.9
Honda Japan CR-V 0.74
Chevrolet U.S. Silverado 0.64
Hyundai S. Korea Tucson 0.61
Toyota Japan Camry 0.58
BYD China Song 0.57
Volkswagen Germany Tiguan 0.54

As Tesla navigates the evolving automotive landscape, it remains to be seen whether the Model Y can retain its title in 2025. With increasing competition and shifting market dynamics, the coming year could bring significant changes to the rankings.

9 Morning Habits That Help Keep the Mind Sharp as We Age

The way we start our mornings plays a crucial role in shaping the rest of our day. As we age, these habits become even more important in maintaining mental sharpness. Some individuals manage to stay mentally agile well into their 70s, 80s, and beyond—not just by chance but through simple, effective routines. Fortunately, these habits are easy to adopt and can be beneficial to anyone. Here are nine morning practices that contribute to long-term cognitive health.

  1. They Begin the Day with Physical Activity

A common trait among individuals who maintain mental sharpness as they age is their commitment to staying active, starting from the moment they wake up. They do not necessarily engage in intense workouts like marathon running or heavy lifting. Instead, they incorporate simple movements such as stretching, yoga, or a brisk morning walk.

Engaging in physical activity boosts blood flow to the brain, enhances focus, and uplifts mood, setting a positive tone for the entire day. The key lies in consistency—a small amount of movement each morning can have significant benefits in preserving both physical and mental strength over time.

  1. They Nourish Their Brain with the Right Foods

For a long time, coffee alone seemed sufficient to kickstart the morning. However, as the years passed, it became clear that morning nutrition plays a major role in sustaining focus and energy throughout the day.

Observing people who remained mentally sharp well into their later years revealed a common pattern—they prioritized brain-boosting foods. Instead of opting for sugary cereals or skipping breakfast, they incorporated protein, healthy fats, and fiber into their diets. Eggs, nuts, berries, and whole grains provide essential nutrients that support cognitive function.

After making this dietary shift, the difference was noticeable. Energy levels became more stable, focus improved, and mental clarity increased. Though a minor adjustment, it has a lasting impact on brain health.

  1. They Engage in a Mental Challenge Every Morning

Just as physical exercise is vital for the body, mental stimulation is crucial for the brain. People who maintain sharp minds often begin their day with an intellectual challenge.

Activities such as crossword puzzles, Sudoku, reading a book, or learning new vocabulary in a foreign language help strengthen neural connections and enhance cognitive abilities.

The brain thrives on novelty and problem-solving, and research has shown that regularly engaging in mentally stimulating activities reduces the risk of cognitive decline. Dedicating just ten to fifteen minutes in the morning to such activities helps keep the mind alert and engaged.

  1. They Get Exposure to Morning Sunlight

Spending time outside in the morning is not just refreshing—it plays a role in maintaining brain function.

Morning sunlight regulates the body’s internal clock, improving sleep quality and boosting daytime alertness. It also stimulates serotonin production, a neurotransmitter crucial for mood regulation, concentration, and overall cognitive function.

Even a brief exposure of 10 to 15 minutes to natural light can have a significant impact. Whether by sipping coffee near a sunny window, taking a short walk, or sitting outdoors, getting early morning sunlight contributes to long-term mental clarity.

  1. They Incorporate Mindfulness or Meditation

Stress negatively affects the brain, impairing memory, concentration, and cognitive health. To counter this, many individuals who stay mentally sharp incorporate mindfulness or meditation into their morning routines.

Spending just a few minutes in quiet reflection, focusing on breathing, or practicing gratitude can lower stress levels and improve mental clarity. Research indicates that meditation can even increase gray matter in the brain, which is essential for learning and memory.

The practice does not have to be complex—deep breathing exercises, journaling, or simply enjoying a peaceful moment with a cup of tea can create a calm and focused mindset for the day ahead.

  1. They Stay Connected with Loved Ones

Mental sharpness is influenced not only by diet and exercise but also by social connections.

Those who maintain strong cognitive function as they age make an effort to interact with others daily. A quick phone call to a friend, breakfast with a spouse, or a friendly exchange with a neighbor helps keep the brain engaged.

Human connection enhances mood, fosters a sense of purpose, and prevents feelings of isolation. In contrast, loneliness has been associated with cognitive decline and memory problems.

Taking a few moments in the morning to connect with others—whether through conversation, laughter, or shared experiences—is one of the most impactful habits for both mental and emotional well-being.

  1. They Avoid Starting the Day with Negativity

For a long time, mornings began with scrolling through news updates or checking emails. Unknowingly, this habit introduced stress before the day had even started.

People who stay mentally sharp are mindful of what they allow into their mornings. Instead of immediately engaging with social media, distressing news, or overwhelming tasks, they prioritize positive activities—reading an uplifting book, listening to music, or simply enjoying a moment of quiet.

The initial moments of the day shape overall mental and emotional states. Protecting this time from negativity does not mean ignoring real-world concerns but rather choosing to begin the day with a clear and composed mindset rather than stress and distraction.

  1. They Maintain a Consistent Sleep Schedule

A well-functioning mind depends on adequate rest. Those who remain mentally agile prioritize sleep, and this starts with a regular wake-up time.

Waking up at the same time every day helps regulate the body’s internal clock, leading to improved sleep quality at night. Restful sleep is crucial for memory retention, concentration, and overall brain performance.

It is not just about clocking in a certain number of hours but about establishing a routine that allows the brain to recharge efficiently. A consistent sleep schedule promotes clearer thinking, a better mood, and long-term cognitive health.

  1. They Approach Each Day with Curiosity

Individuals who stay sharp well into their 70s and beyond never stop learning. They wake up each day with a sense of curiosity about the world, the people around them, and their own potential for growth.

They actively seek out new knowledge, ask questions, and explore unfamiliar ideas. Whether trying out a new hobby, experimenting with a different cuisine, or researching a topic of interest, they continually challenge their minds.

Staying mentally sharp is not just about preserving what has already been learned—it is about remaining open to new discoveries and experiences.

By integrating these nine morning habits into daily life, anyone can support long-term cognitive function, enhance focus, and promote overall mental well-being as they age.

The 7 Habits of Women Who Stay Naturally Beautiful

Many people believe that achieving beauty requires layers of makeup or frequent visits to a cosmetic surgeon. However, some women maintain their natural beauty without relying on these methods.

Their secret doesn’t lie in any magical product or treatment but in adopting habits that prioritize health and well-being. These habits not only enhance physical appearance but also contribute to overall well-being and confidence.

Here are seven daily practices followed by women who radiate beauty naturally. These simple yet effective habits can be easily incorporated into anyone’s routine to bring out their natural glow.

They prioritize their skin’s health

The foundation of natural beauty is healthy skin. Women who embrace their natural looks understand that skincare is not about concealing imperfections but about nourishing the skin so it glows from within.

They follow a consistent skincare routine, which includes cleansing, moisturizing, and protecting their skin from environmental damage. Choosing products with natural ingredients and staying hydrated are key aspects of their regimen. Drinking plenty of water and consuming a diet rich in vitamins and antioxidants also contribute to maintaining vibrant skin.

Sunscreen is an essential part of their daily routine, not just during summer but throughout the year. By prioritizing skin health, they achieve a naturally beautiful and radiant look.

They embrace regular physical activity

Natural beauty isn’t just about skincare—it’s also about how one treats their body. Women who radiate beauty often incorporate regular physical activity into their lifestyle.

Personally, I’ve noticed that staying active has significantly improved my overall well-being and appearance. Whether it’s a brisk morning walk, yoga, or a dance session, movement helps me feel energized and confident.

Exercise promotes better circulation, which gives the skin a natural glow. Additionally, the release of endorphins during physical activity uplifts mood, making one feel beautiful from the inside out.

Even on days when I skip makeup, I feel more vibrant and alive after a workout. Maintaining an active lifestyle is not just about staying in shape but about fostering a positive connection with one’s body.

They practice mindfulness and stress management

In today’s fast-paced world, stress can take a toll on one’s appearance. Women who maintain their natural beauty often incorporate mindfulness and relaxation techniques into their daily routine to manage stress effectively.

Personally, I’ve found that mindfulness not only helps me stay centered but also positively impacts my physical appearance. When I’m present and mindful, I handle stress better, which reduces signs of tension like frown lines and tired eyes.

In my book, The Art of Mindfulness: A Practical Guide to Living in the Moment, I explore how mindfulness can transform daily life. The book offers practical strategies to integrate mindfulness into even the busiest schedules, promoting inner peace and balance.

Practicing mindfulness doesn’t necessarily require hours of meditation. Simple acts like taking deep breaths or pausing to appreciate the present moment can make a difference. By managing stress effectively, women cultivate a sense of inner calm that enhances their natural beauty.

They nourish their bodies with wholesome foods

Eating well is not just about maintaining weight—it’s about providing the body with the essential nutrients needed for optimal function. Women who maintain a natural glow focus on a diet rich in whole foods, including fruits, vegetables, lean proteins, and healthy fats.

There was a time when I neglected my diet, and it reflected not just in my energy levels but also in my skin and overall appearance. I soon realized that what I ate had a direct impact on how I felt and looked.

Switching to a balanced, nutrient-rich diet wasn’t an overnight transformation, but the benefits were undeniable. My skin became clearer, my hair felt healthier, and I had more energy throughout the day.

Even small dietary changes—like replacing sugary snacks with fresh fruit or adding more leafy greens to meals—can significantly improve one’s health and appearance.

Nourishing the body with wholesome foods is not about restriction but about making choices that enhance well-being. When one feels good internally, it naturally reflects externally.

They embrace rest and recovery

In a society that glorifies constant productivity, rest often takes a backseat. However, women who maintain their natural beauty understand the importance of sleep and relaxation.

For a long time, I believed that sacrificing sleep to accomplish more would make me successful. However, it only left me feeling drained and looking exhausted. Once I started prioritizing sleep, I noticed a remarkable difference—my skin appeared more refreshed, and my mood significantly improved.

Rest isn’t limited to sleep; it also includes taking breaks throughout the day, disconnecting from distractions, and allowing the mind and body to recharge.

Prioritizing rest isn’t a luxury—it’s a necessity. By giving themselves permission to rest, women invest in their long-term health and beauty.

They cultivate positive relationships

The people one surrounds themselves with can have a profound impact on their overall well-being and appearance. Women who maintain their natural glow nurture relationships that uplift and inspire them.

Over time, I’ve learned that the company I keep greatly influences my outlook on life. Being around supportive friends and family boosts my confidence and happiness, which naturally reflects in my appearance.

Positive relationships provide a sense of belonging, reduce stress, and create an environment where one can thrive emotionally and physically. It’s not just about having people around—it’s about surrounding oneself with individuals who bring out the best in them.

By fostering strong, meaningful connections, women enhance their natural radiance. Feeling loved and supported translates into a vibrant and beautiful presence.

They embrace authenticity and self-acceptance

At the heart of natural beauty lies authenticity and self-acceptance. Women who exude genuine beauty understand that embracing their true selves is their greatest asset.

This means letting go of societal pressures and unrealistic beauty standards and celebrating unique features and qualities. When one fully accepts themselves, they exude confidence and grace—qualities that no amount of makeup or cosmetic procedures can replicate.

Authenticity is about feeling comfortable in one’s own skin and expressing oneself honestly. This confidence creates an aura of beauty that is both captivating and inspiring.

The most beautiful version of oneself is the one that fully embraces who they are, without trying to conform to external expectations.

The essence of true beauty

In the pursuit of beauty, it’s easy to get caught up in external solutions and quick fixes. However, true beauty comes from within and is cultivated through self-care and balance.

The habits discussed here go beyond physical appearance—they support an overall lifestyle of well-being. Incorporating these practices can lead to a more fulfilling and balanced life.

It’s important to remember that everyone’s journey is unique, and finding what works best for oneself is essential.

In my book, The Art of Mindfulness: A Practical Guide to Living in the Moment, I explore how mindfulness can be a powerful tool in achieving inner harmony and living more authentically.

Ultimately, beauty isn’t just about outward appearances. It’s about nurturing the mind, body, and spirit in a way that aligns with one’s true self. When inner balance is achieved, natural beauty shines effortlessly and remains timeless.

Funding Freeze Threatens Immigrant Support Services, Leaving Hundreds in Limbo

The Coalition for Humane Immigrant Rights in Los Angeles (CHIRLA) is among several organizations dedicated to assisting lawful permanent residents in obtaining U.S. citizenship.

However, those essential services were put at risk last month when CHIRLA received a notification from U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) that their congressionally approved funding had been suspended.

This funding freeze disrupted programs that provide civics instruction, English language classes, and citizenship interview preparation for immigrants. More than a hundred organizations have faced similar interruptions, with no indication of when the funding might be restored.

“It’s not fair,” said Karla Aguayo, CHIRLA’s director of legal services, in an interview with NBC News on Friday.

The notification arrived via email on February 4 and contained no more than five sentences. It stated: “Effective immediately, your grant from USCIS is frozen in accordance with the pause in activities,” generally referencing a January 28 memo from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) but providing no further details. The email continued: “Payments are not available at this time. We recognize this will have an impact on your organization. We are unable to provide a timeline on this freeze.”

Since receiving that email, CHIRLA has not had any further communication from USCIS, according to Aguayo.

On Friday, 35 Democratic members of Congress sent a letter to USCIS Acting Director Kika Scott and DHS Secretary Kristi Noem demanding answers about the funding freeze.

“There has been no indication, evidence or even outright allegation that grantees have failed to meet their commitments or contractual obligations in good faith — raising serious concerns over the justification for disrupting their ability to provide crucial services,” the letter, obtained first by NBC News, stated.

Lawmakers warned that if the USCIS funding is not reinstated, it will erase progress made in reducing the backlog of naturalization applications in recent years. The letter, led by Rep. Jimmy Gomez, D-Calif., whose parents emigrated from Mexico, also cautioned that an increase in backlogs could significantly extend the time required to process citizenship applications.

When asked about the issue, USCIS responded via email, saying the agency had “nothing further to add on this matter” beyond what was outlined in the memo. The memo cited “concerns that these grants may not be an efficient use of government resources” as the rationale behind the freeze. DHS has not responded to requests for comment.

As a grantee of the Citizenship and Assimilation Grant Program, CHIRLA had been set to receive $450,000 in federal funding from USCIS from October 2023 through September 2024. The funding was intended to support hundreds of green card holders on their path to citizenship.

“We want to create as many citizens as we can,” Aguayo emphasized.

With the funding on hold, CHIRLA is now scrambling to secure alternative financial resources to continue assisting immigrants with their citizenship applications. “We’re not waiting because it’s already been over a month, and we haven’t heard anything” from USCIS, Aguayo stated.

She stressed that the organization could not suddenly abandon its students due to the funding freeze. “We can’t now abruptly pass on this inconvenience to the students. We can’t just say, ‘Oh, sorry, no more funding. Today is the last day of class,’” she said.

The lawmakers’ letter defended the grant program, arguing that it has enhanced efficiency by “equipping eligible applicants with the tools to navigate the naturalization process more effectively — saving USCIS valuable time and resources otherwise spent resolving errors, issuing requests for evidence, or reprocessing applications.”

For lawful permanent residents, also known as green card holders, who were hoping to become U.S. citizens this year, the situation may feel discouraging, Aguayo acknowledged.

Despite the uncertainty, she encouraged eligible immigrants to proceed with their applications. “We always encourage people to apply despite the circumstances,” she said.

Trump Temporarily Eases Tariffs on Canada and Mexico Amid Market Turmoil

U.S. President Donald Trump announced a temporary suspension of steep tariffs on Canada and Mexico on Thursday, March 6, 2025, offering a brief reprieve for businesses and consumers following strong backlash from global markets.

The decision came after the implementation of tariffs of up to 25% on imports from the two neighboring countries on Tuesday, March 4, 2025. The move had caused stock markets to drop significantly, with economists cautioning that such broad tariffs could slow U.S. economic growth and contribute to rising inflation in the near term.

Although the Republican president rejected claims that his trade policies were responsible for market instability, he opted to temporarily pause the tariffs on trade with Canada and Mexico that falls under a regional agreement.

Additionally, Mr. Trump reduced the newly imposed 25% tariff on Canadian potash, a crucial component in fertilizer. U.S. officials noted that their country does not produce large amounts of this resource, making the import levy particularly impactful.

The suspension of these tariffs, which will remain in effect until April 2, follows a similar move a day earlier when the White House announced temporary relief for automakers.

“These changes make conditions much more favorable for our American car manufacturers,” Mr. Trump said on Thursday, March 6, 2025.

However, he emphasized that significant updates would be announced on April 2, when he is expected to introduce “reciprocal tariffs” aimed at addressing what Washington perceives as unfair trade practices. He made it clear that Canadian and Mexican goods could still be subject to new levies after that date.

At the same time, Mr. Trump confirmed that tariffs on steel and aluminum, set to take effect next week, would remain unchanged.

‘Good’ Relationship With Mexico

Explaining the temporary relief for some Mexican imports, Mr. Trump stated on Truth Social that he made the decision “as an accommodation, and out of respect for” Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum. He added, “Our relationship has been a very good one.”

His remarks about Mexico stood in stark contrast to his tense relations with Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau.

On Thursday, March 6, 2025, Mr. Trudeau acknowledged that some industries might receive temporary exemptions but maintained that Canada would remain in a trade conflict with the U.S. for the foreseeable future.

“Our goal remains to get these tariffs, all tariffs removed,” Mr. Trudeau asserted.

‘Economic Reality’

Scott Lincicome, vice president of general economics at the Cato Institute, described Mr. Trump’s decision to ease tariffs on Mexico as “a recognition of economic reality.”

He explained that the move demonstrated an understanding of how tariffs disrupt supply chains, place financial burdens on consumers, and create uncertainty that markets dislike. “The market doesn’t like them and certainly doesn’t like the uncertainty surrounding them,” Mr. Lincicome told AFP.

Since beginning his second term in January, Mr. Trump has frequently threatened tariffs against both allies and adversaries.

He has defended tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China as necessary measures to curb illegal immigration and combat the trafficking of fentanyl, a powerful synthetic opioid.

However, official data from both Canadian and U.S. government sources indicate that Canada contributes less than 1% of the fentanyl in the illicit U.S. supply. Furthermore, Canada is not a major source of illegal immigration, particularly in comparison to migration across the southern border with Mexico.

Meanwhile, China has rejected U.S. accusations regarding its role in fentanyl trafficking, asserting that the issue is a domestic matter for the U.S. and that tariffs will not address it.

Inflation and Trade Deficit Concerns

U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent dismissed concerns on Thursday, March 6, 2025, that Mr. Trump’s tariffs would drive up inflation, stating that any effect on prices would likely be temporary.

Mr. Trump has consistently portrayed tariffs as a tool for generating government revenue and correcting trade imbalances.

New government data released on Thursday, March 6, 2025, showed that the U.S. trade deficit had reached an all-time high in January.

The Commerce Department reported that the overall trade deficit of the world’s largest economy surged by 34% to $131.4 billion, driven by a sharp increase in imports.

Analysts suggested that a significant portion of the rise in the trade deficit was due to increased gold imports. However, data also indicated that many businesses had boosted their imports in anticipation of potential new tariffs.

Online Passport Renewal: A Faster and More Convenient Process

The traditional method of mailing your passport for renewal, anxiously hoping it doesn’t get lost or delayed, is now a thing of the past. A new online renewal process allows some U.S. citizens to renew their passports digitally, making the procedure more convenient and cost-effective. Based on my experience, the renewal was also impressively fast.

Here’s a look at my first experience using online passport renewal.

Eligibility for Online Passport Renewal

The U.S. Department of State resumed online passport renewals in June 2024, after pausing the service for over a year. Those interested in renewing their passports digitally can access the application on the department’s website, which guides users through a series of questions to determine eligibility.

However, not everyone qualifies for online renewal. Applicants must be at least 25 years old, hold U.S. citizenship, and possess a 10-year passport issued between 2009 and 2015. This requirement excludes those with temporary or special-case passports. Additionally, the passport must either be expiring within the next year or have expired within the past five years.

Individuals applying for a passport for the first time or those residing outside the U.S. and its territories are not eligible for the online renewal process. This restriction also applies to individuals with APO or FPO addresses, such as military personnel stationed overseas.

Another important requirement is that the applicant must have the current passport in their possession, and it must not be damaged.

Hot Tip: Once an online passport renewal application is submitted, the current passport is canceled, even if it remains in good condition. As a result, it cannot be used for international travel until the new passport arrives by mail.

First-Time Experience with Online Passport Renewal

After verifying my eligibility, the website instructed me to have my current passport ready, along with a passport photo. However, it also noted that a picture could be taken during the application process if I did not have one prepared.

The initial step involved entering my passport’s inventory control number (ICN), which is different from the passport number.

After confirming my personal details, I was prompted to choose between a regular-sized passport book or a larger one with more pages. The application also asked whether I wanted to pay an additional fee for express shipping. I opted for standard shipping.

Notably, the online renewal process does not offer expedited processing or emergency rush services. Those needing a passport in under two weeks must follow the State Department’s separate instructions for emergency passport requests.

Once I completed the application and agreed to the terms, I proceeded with the submission. The next screen confirmed that my application had been received but that payment was still required. Payment could be made via credit or debit card. The page also provided an option to enroll in email notifications to receive updates on the application’s progress, including approval and mailing status.

After submitting the application and paying the renewal fee, I received an email confirming the submission. This email contained my application number, an estimated processing time (four to six weeks under standard processing), and a link to track my application online.

For the first three days, the tracking website displayed the status as “Not Available.” However, given that the website mentioned it could take up to two weeks for tracking information to appear, I was satisfied when my application status became available on the third day.

I submitted my application on December 6, 2024, and was able to track its status by December 9. Then, on December 16, I received an email confirming that my application had been approved and that my passport had been printed—just 10 days after submission.

On that same day, I also received an email with a U.S. Postal Service tracking number to monitor my passport’s shipment. However, the package was not actually mailed until December 18. My new passport arrived at my home in California on December 20.

Jaishankar Downplays Dedollarisation, Backs Rupee Internationalisation Amid Trump’s Threats

Amid U.S. President Donald Trump’s warnings, India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar has downplayed discussions on dedollarisation and instead emphasized the global expansion of the Indian rupee.

During a discussion at Chatham House, a think tank in the United Kingdom, Jaishankar clarified that India does not have a formal policy to move away from the U.S. dollar, nor is there a unanimous stance on this matter within the BRICS alliance.

“I don’t think there’s any policy on our part to replace the dollar. As I said, at the end of the day, the dollar as the reserve currency is the source of international economic stability. And right now, what we want in the world is more economic stability, not less,” said Jaishankar.

In a post on social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter, Jaishankar shared insights from his discussion at Chatham House, reaffirming India’s stance on the issue.

In recent months, Trump has repeatedly warned of imposing 100 percent tariffs on BRICS nations if they proceed with efforts to replace the U.S. dollar as the dominant currency for global trade.

No Unified BRICS Position on Dedollarisation

Jaishankar asserted that BRICS countries do not hold a single, unified stance regarding an alternative to the U.S. dollar.

“As far as India is concerned, instead of replacing the dollar, India is interested in the internationalisation of the Indian rupee,” said Jaishankar.

He further elaborated, “I would also say in all honesty, I don’t think there’s a unified BRICS position on this. I think BRICS members, and now that we have more members, have very diverse positions on this matter. So the suggestion or the assumption that somewhere there is a united BRICS position against the dollar I think is not borne out by facts. To me, it’s kind of deterministic that there is multi-polarity, multi-polarity has to translate itself into a currency multi-polarity. It doesn’t have to.”

Highlighting India’s approach, Jaishankar emphasized that New Delhi is focused on expanding the rupee’s global presence rather than challenging the dollar’s dominance.

“We are clearly promoting the internationalization of the rupee because we are actively globalizing India. More Indians are travelling and living abroad, and India’s trade and investment sectors have expanded. As a result, the use of the rupee will also grow. In many cases, we have established mechanisms for cashless payments between India and other countries and have supported trade settlements, particularly in nations facing a shortage of hard currency, especially dollars…This reflects a steady externalization of rupee transactions as part of India’s globalization. Regarding the role of the dollar, we are realistic. We have no issue with the dollar, and our relations with the U.S. are at their best. We have no interest in undermining the dollar,” Jaishankar stated.

Trump’s Threats Against BRICS

In recent months, Trump has intensified his criticism of BRICS and has repeatedly threatened member nations with 100 percent tariffs.

Echoing his earlier stance on the European Union, Trump has characterized BRICS as an alliance designed to harm the United States.

“I don’t care, but BRICS was put there for a bad purpose, and most of those people don’t want it. They don’t even want to talk about it now. They’re afraid to talk about it because I told them if they want to play games with the dollar, then they’re going to be hit with a 100 percent tariff,” Trump stated.

India Implements Major Passport Rule Changes for 2025: What Travelers Need to Know

India has introduced significant changes to its passport regulations in 2025, implementing new measures that will affect international travelers. These revisions include a mandatory birth certificate requirement, improved privacy protections, and expanded passport services. The objective is to simplify the application process while enhancing security. Here’s a detailed look at these updates and their potential impact on travelers.

Mandatory Birth Certificate Now Required for New Applicants

A major change in the updated passport rules is the requirement of a birth certificate as the only acceptable proof of date of birth for individuals born on or after October 1, 2023. The Indian government has mandated this to standardize identity verification and eliminate inconsistencies in documentation.

Who Does This Affect?

  • Individuals born on or after October 1, 2023: They must submit a birth certificate issued by an authorized entity such as the Registrar of Births and Deaths, a Municipal Corporation, or other recognized authorities.
  • Individuals born before October 1, 2023: They can still use various documents to verify their date of birth, including a PAN card, driving license, school certificates, or government service records.

How This Impacts Travel

For new passport applicants, obtaining a birth certificate is now a mandatory step in the application process. Families planning international travel with newborns or young children must ensure their births are registered promptly to prevent delays in passport issuance.

Expansion of Passport Seva Kendras

To improve accessibility and reduce processing times, the Indian government plans to increase the number of Post Office Passport Seva Kendras (POPSKs) from 442 to 600 centers over the next five years. This expansion will make passport services more convenient, particularly for individuals in rural and underserved areas.

Key Passport Rule Changes Impacting Travelers

  1. Residential Address Will No Longer Be Printed

As part of an effort to enhance privacy, residential addresses will no longer be printed on the last page of passports. Instead, authorities will digitally access this information through a barcode scan.

Impact on Travelers:

  • Reduces the risk of identity theft or misuse of personal information.
  • Simplifies verification processes for immigration and security checks.
  1. Introduction of Colour-Coded Passports

India is introducing a colour-coded system for passports to categorize travelers based on their status:

  • Red – For diplomatic passport holders.
  • White – For government officials.
  • Blue – For regular citizens (remains unchanged).

Impact on Travelers:

  • Enhances efficiency in immigration processing at international borders.
  • Provides clear distinctions between different categories of passport holders.
  1. Parents’ Names No Longer Required on Passports

To accommodate single-parent families and individuals from estranged family situations, parents’ names will no longer be printed on the last page of passports.

Impact on Travelers:

  • Supports single parents and individuals from diverse family backgrounds.
  • Simplifies the application process for those who do not have access to parental details.

Why These Changes Matter

Previously, India’s passport regulations allowed multiple types of documents as proof of birth, often leading to discrepancies in identity verification. However, with the stricter implementation of the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 1969, birth certificates have become widely available, making them the most reliable proof of age.

The 2025 passport rule changes aim to streamline the application process while enhancing security and efficiency. These updates are designed to eliminate inconsistencies and make the passport system more inclusive.

What Travelers Should Do

  • Check Your Documents – Ensure you have the correct proof of date of birth based on your birth year.
  • New Parents Take Note – If your child is born on or after October 1, 2023, register their birth early to avoid delays in obtaining their passport.
  • Stay Informed – Keep track of updates and new regulations through the official Passport Seva website.

India’s passport rule overhaul is focused on improving security, efficiency, and inclusivity. While these changes may require some adjustments, they aim to create a more streamlined and reliable passport system for all travelers. Whether applying for a new passport or renewing an existing one, staying informed about these updates will help ensure a smooth travel experience in 2025 and beyond.

Sundar C’s ‘Maha Shakthi’ Promises a Pan-Indian Cinematic Experience

Renowned director Sundar C, currently helming the pan-Indian film Maha Shakthi (Mookuthi Amman 2 in Tamil), featuring Nayanthara in the lead, asserts that the film will go beyond regional boundaries, resonating with audiences across India and beyond.

Known for his expertise in franchise films within Tamil cinema, Sundar C promises that Maha Shakthi will offer breathtaking visuals, high-intensity action sequences, and an emotionally gripping storyline. Expressing his enthusiasm for the project, he remarked, “I believe in making films that entertain, engage, and leave an impact. With Maha Shakthi, we are taking everything to the next level—bigger action, deeper rooted storytelling, and a visual grandeur like never before. This is a film that will truly transcend regional cinema and connect with audiences across India and globally. With Nayanthara leading this franchise, the journey has just begun.”

Although the Tamil version carries the title Mookuthi Amman 2, the makers clarified in a statement that Maha Shakthi is a standalone narrative that marks the beginning of a fresh cinematic franchise. The film is being produced on a grand scale by Ivy Entertainment and Vels Film International, under the leadership of Dr. Ishari K. Ganesh, with a staggering budget of ₹100 crore. A grand muhuratam ceremony was held in Chennai to mark the official launch of the project.

Designed to captivate audiences across India and beyond, the film stars Nayanthara as a divine protector, with Regina Cassandra playing an intense role and Yogi Babu adding a comedic element to the storyline. The ensemble cast also features the seasoned actress Urvashi, alongside Garuda Ram and Ajay Ghosh. Additionally, it was revealed that actor Duniya Vijay will portray the antagonist, bringing a powerful and intense performance that heightens the conflict between good and evil.

Nayanthara, known for her commanding screen presence and acting versatility, is set to portray a powerful divine force, promising to bring both grace and intensity to the role. She shared her thoughts on being part of the project, stating, “Playing this role is more than just a performance—it’s an emotion. Maha Shakthi carries a power beyond cinema, and with Sundar sir’s vision, we are bringing a story that will leave an impact on every audience member. I’m thrilled to be part of this grand journey.”

Dr. Ishari K. Ganesh, the producer of Vels Film International, emphasized the ambitious vision behind the film, saying, “At Vels Film International, we have always pushed the boundaries of storytelling and scale. Along with Ivy Entertainment, we wanted to bring a film that is deeply rooted in our culture but speaks to audiences everywhere. Maha Shakthi is not just another grand production; it’s a phenomenon that will redefine commercial cinema and take Indian films to an even bigger global stage.”

Blood Moon Lunar Eclipse on March 14 to Be Visible in the Americas but Not in India

A total lunar eclipse, commonly referred to as the Blood Moon, is set to occur on March 14, 2025, and will be visible across the Americas. Unfortunately, this celestial event will not be visible from India.

The next total lunar eclipse that can be seen in India will take place later in the year, on September 7-8, 2025.

During the March 14 eclipse, the Moon will take on a reddish hue as it passes through Earth’s shadow. This phenomenon occurs when the Earth moves directly between the Sun and the Moon, filtering out shorter wavelengths of light and casting a deep red glow on the lunar surface.

Although this event promises to be visually stunning, it will not be visible in India due to its timing, which coincides with daylight hours in the country.

The eclipse will start at 9:27 am IST, reach its peak at 12:28 pm IST, and conclude by 3:30 pm IST. Since the Moon will be below the horizon during this period, observers in India will not be able to witness the event directly.

However, astronomy enthusiasts in India can still experience the lunar eclipse through live streams available on various social media platforms, which will broadcast the event in real time.

For those in the Americas, the eclipse will be particularly prominent. The total phase will last over 65 minutes, offering a spectacular sight to sky-watchers.

The event will begin at 11:57 pm EDT on March 13, 2025, and end at 6:00 am EDT on March 14. As reported by the Times of India, the total eclipse phase will take place between 2:26 am and 3:31 am EDT (06:26 to 07:31 UTC).

During this time, the Moon will take on its characteristic red tint, making it a remarkable celestial display.

Apart from North and South America, certain regions of Europe will witness the eclipse at moonset, while parts of East Asia will observe it at moonrise.

Australia and some areas of Africa will also have an opportunity to see the eclipse.

While this particular event will not be visible in India, sky-watchers in the country can look forward to the next total lunar eclipse on September 7-8, 2025, which will be observable nationwide without the limitations of daylight.

This upcoming total lunar eclipse is part of a series known as a tetrad, which consists of four consecutive total lunar eclipses. The subsequent eclipses after March 14, 2025, are scheduled for September 8, 2025, March 3, 2026, and August 28, 2026.

With more such astronomical events lined up, stargazers will have ample opportunities to witness these breathtaking celestial phenomena in the coming years.

Government by Chaos Returns Under Trump’s Leadership

President Donald Trump’s approach to governance has once again thrown global and domestic affairs into turmoil. One day, he imposed steep tariffs on Canada and Mexico; the next, he temporarily halted auto tariffs after realizing their potential damage to the American automotive industry—something experts had warned about.

Last week, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky visited the White House to sign a deal on rare-earth minerals, which Trump hailed as a significant achievement for the U.S. However, after being provoked by Vice President JD Vance, Zelensky left abruptly, creating a diplomatic debacle that European leaders have been scrambling to address.

Meanwhile, Elon Musk is aggressively dismantling government bureaucracy, firing workers indiscriminately, and causing instability for citizens and industries reliant on federal assistance. This is happening at a time when the economy is already fragile and susceptible to shocks.

Trump’s initial surge of executive orders and policy shifts provided a burst of energy, especially compared to the perceived stagnation of President Joe Biden’s final months in office. However, six weeks into his term, as Trump disrupts post-Cold War security structures, global trade, and federal agencies that helped establish U.S. supremacy, a stark realization is emerging—there appears to be no coherent plan.

His unpredictable policies on Ukraine, trade tariffs meant to revive Rust Belt industries, and sweeping cuts to government are driven by instinct rather than strategy. This approach, reminiscent of his campaign-style “weave” speeches, leaves global leaders uncertain and on edge.

“There’s too much unpredictability and chaos coming out of the White House right now,” remarked Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly on Wednesday, describing U.S. trade policy as a “psychodrama” that Canada cannot endure every month.

Unpredictable Leadership Yields Mixed Results

Trump’s erratic leadership often leaves allies questioning his motives. On Wednesday, he criticized Canada for not doing enough to prevent fentanyl trafficking, even though the quantities involved are negligible. At other times, he blames Canada for unauthorized migration southward, despite low numbers. He also aims to shift manufacturing away from Canada to the U.S., leading some in Ottawa to suspect he is trying to weaken Canada for potential annexation.

Despite the turmoil, Trump’s aggressive foreign policy has yielded some results. His alarm over a Hong Kong-based firm owning two ports on the Panama Canal prompted U.S. investment giant BlackRock to negotiate their acquisition. While Trump’s claim that China controlled the canal was inaccurate, the deal could still bolster U.S. strategic interests.

Additionally, while he is diminishing the strength of NATO, Trump’s pressure has spurred an unprecedented military buildup among European allies—something past U.S. presidents had urged for years.

However, Trump often appears more interested in asserting personal power than executing a long-term plan.

Michael Froman, former U.S. trade representative and chair of the Council on Foreign Relations, told CNN’s Jim Sciutto that while tariffs generally have more costs than benefits, they can serve as leverage in negotiations. This has worked with Mexico, which has broader trade issues with the U.S. than Canada. However, Froman added, “You have to know what it is you want them to do for that leverage to be useful.”

Trump’s Chaos as a Political Strategy

To some extent, disorder is intentional. Trump thrives on political theatrics, using headline-grabbing maneuvers to rally his base. However, his administration often overlooks the domestic political constraints of allied nations.

Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum, who, like Trump, is newly in office, hinted Wednesday that Mexico could seek alternative trade partners if necessary.

In the U.K., Prime Minister Keir Starmer recently honored British soldiers who fought alongside the U.S. in Iraq and Afghanistan. His speech appeared to counter Vice President Vance’s comment on Fox News that Ukraine needed stronger security guarantees than those from “some random country that has not fought a war in 30 or 40 years.” The remark, widely interpreted as a slight against Britain and France, caused significant outrage. Vance later claimed on X that such an interpretation was “absurdly dishonest.” However, Britain and France are currently the only two nations to have openly committed troops to a post-war security force in Ukraine.

French President Emmanuel Macron, acknowledging the shift in global dynamics since Trump’s return to power, stated Wednesday that he is considering extending France’s nuclear protection to European allies.

For Trump’s staunchest supporters, his ability to enrage Democrats, the media, and foreign governments is a success in itself. His populist nationalist base views the destruction of government institutions as a necessary step toward dismantling the “administrative state.”

Trump’s leadership style was honed in his Manhattan real estate empire, where he used aggressive tactics—making extreme demands, engaging in public disputes, and abruptly shifting positions—to throw opponents off balance. Now, he employs the same approach in politics, using unpredictability as a tool to consolidate power amid disorder.

However, while unpredictability may be a strength in business negotiations, it is a liability when managing a country, an economy, and international alliances—where stability and consistency are essential.

“It’s just constant, and it’s exhausting,” said Julian Vikan Karaguesian, a former Canadian Ministry of Finance official, about Trump’s aggressive trade policies. “It’s almost surreal. Is it real? Is it going to be real this time?” Now a lecturer at McGill University, Karaguesian added, “Maybe the modus operandi here is uncertainty. It’s not tariffs, it’s not anything else, but intentionally creating a sense of chaos and a sense of uncertainty.”

Trump’s Auto Tariff Reversal

Trump’s sudden decision Wednesday to pause auto tariffs for a month, just a day after imposing a blanket 25% tariff on Canada and Mexico, highlights his tendency to second-guess his own moves.

Market forces may have influenced his reversal. The announcement led to a near-500-point rebound in the Dow Jones Industrial Average, following two days of significant losses.

CNN reported that Trump relented after discussions with the CEOs of the Big Three automakers. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt later stated that Trump was open to “hearing about additional exemptions.”

The notion that corporate executives can lobby for exemptions unavailable to ordinary Americans contradicts principles of economic fairness. Trump has repeatedly dismissed the value of rules-based systems that prevent patronage and corruption—characteristics more common in autocratic regimes.

This suggests that Trump prefers using tariff threats as leverage rather than enforcing them. However, by repeatedly issuing and retracting threats, he is creating uncertainty for businesses, disrupting supply chains, and discouraging consumer spending—factors that could harm the already slowing economy.

“There’s so much uncertainty about what the administration is doing that the mere prospect of tariffs is creating a big anchor on the economy,” said Bharat Ramamurti, former deputy director of Biden’s National Economic Council. “The prospect of significant tariffs on our allies has resulted in withholding investments and preemptive price increases that are going to be borne by small businesses and, ultimately, by consumers.”

Long-Term Risks of Trump’s Approach

Trump’s pattern of antagonizing allies while seemingly advancing Russia’s interests in Ukraine could weaken U.S. power in the long run.

“What we have seen this week is that the dollar has suffered a very sharp decline,” said Ruchir Sharma, founder of Breakout Capital, on CNN International. “It’s revealing that the rest of the world is getting its act together … and I think investors are beginning to notice there are other countries worth investing in, given all this policy volatility that is emerging in the U.S.”

The broader risk is that another four years of Trump’s policies could reshape the global economic landscape in a way that diminishes U.S. influence rather than reinforcing it. While geography ensures that Canada and Mexico will continue trading with the U.S., both nations may also find it beneficial to deepen ties with China. Similarly, the European Union—expecting its own round of Trump-imposed tariffs—could seek economic partnerships elsewhere.

America’s closest allies have long-standing ties with Washington and do not want to see it falter. However, they also have national interests to protect. While Canada lacks the economic strength to win a trade war against the U.S., its patience is wearing thin over Trump’s combative tactics.

Doug Ford, the Premier of Ontario, Canada’s largest economic hub, insists that Trump must eliminate tariffs altogether instead of selectively lifting them by industry.

“All this gives us is uncertainty again,” Ford told CNN’s Phil Mattingly on Wednesday. “There is one person that’s causing that problem today: that’s President Trump.”

Kerala’s Higher Education Crisis: Brain Drain, Student Migration, and the Need for Reform

Last year, a journalist friend of mine who teaches at St. Teresa’s College, Ernakulam, asked if I knew anyone interested in enrolling in the journalism program. This question felt unusual, considering the college’s past reputation when only top-ranking students or those with strong connections could secure admission.

Today, many reputed institutions are advertising their courses in leading newspapers, aggressively promoting their programs. This issue is not confined to a single institution or field of study; rather, it highlights the broader crisis affecting higher education in Kerala.

Student Migration Surge

The Kerala Migration Survey, conducted every five years, shows that student migration has doubled post-COVID-19. While students from Kerala have traditionally gone abroad for higher education, the motivation has changed. Earlier, they pursued degrees with plans to return, but now, most are leaving permanently. This is alarming for a state with one of the lowest fertility rates in India.

While migration to Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries has declined, emigration to Western nations has significantly increased. A recent edition of The Hindu’s Kochi publication, which featured a supplement on the Invest Kerala Global Summit, also carried a large ‘Study Abroad’ advertisement, illustrating the state’s paradox.

Kerala’s Struggle to Adapt

Kerala, once a leader in various sectors, struggled to adapt to economic liberalization. Marxist ideology traditionally viewed private capital and wealth creation with skepticism. Initially, student migration was mostly to neighboring South Indian states, but over time, both youth and capital started moving abroad.

It took over three decades for the Left to acknowledge the problem. Only in 2024 did the state budget finally announce its acceptance of private universities. However, this policy change may have come too late.

The rapid growth of ‘Study Abroad’ consultancies, even in small towns, reflects the increasing number of students seeking overseas education. Unlike the previous generation, which moved abroad for specialized courses after graduation and often returned, today’s students are leaving immediately after school, primarily seeking countries that offer permanent residency (PR).

This trend signals not only a decline in the quality of education within the state but also a lack of job opportunities and insufficient resource allocation by successive governments. The Marxist influence, which relied heavily on the public sector, has played a significant role in this decline.

It may surprise some to learn that the Left once opposed the introduction of computers and tractors in Kerala. Their resistance to the Public-Private Partnership (PPP) model proposed by K. Karunakaran, along with efforts to block the Express Highway project in the early 2000s, further hindered progress. By the time they recognized these missteps, the damage was already done.

Demographic and Sociological Consequences

Beyond brain drain, Kerala faces serious demographic and sociological challenges. Unlike Gulf migration, which provided substantial remittances and saw workers returning home, the current trend of youth emigration is concentrated in central Kerala districts like Pathanamthitta, Idukki, and Kottayam. Many young people leave elderly parents behind, starting new lives abroad.

This issue is particularly concerning given that Pathanamthitta (-3%) and Idukki (-1.8%) reported negative population growth rates in the 2011 census. Kerala is steadily becoming a geriatric society. Some parents eventually follow their children abroad, often as babysitters, leaving behind properties that either remain unused or are sold at low prices. This has led to declining land values in central Kerala.

Many settlements in central Travancore are at risk of becoming ghost towns with abandoned houses. The 2011 census reported that 11% of Kerala’s 10 million houses were vacant. By 2019, this had risen to 14%—double the national average—and has likely increased further post-COVID.

A survey by the Kerala Academy of Sciences found that seven out of ten students who leave Kerala for higher studies either have no plans to return or are undecided.

Addressing the Brain Drain

There is no simple solution to Kerala’s brain drain, but job creation is the first step. The state has a large, aspirational middle class that frequently mortgages property to send children abroad.

Land reforms in Kerala, which disrupted the agricultural economy, were a turning point for wealth redistribution. However, small landholdings, high labor costs, and stagnant agricultural prices have made farming unsustainable.

Government job opportunities are limited. Kerala already has an overstaffed bureaucracy, with many redundant positions. However, due to trade union pressures, the government struggles to reallocate personnel. Additionally, Kerala has heavily borrowed in recent years, straining state finances and reducing capital expenditure.

Sectors like tourism could significantly boost the economy if the government played a facilitative role by investing in basic infrastructure such as highways and civic facilities. The neglected state of Fort Kochi beach and Alappuzha illustrates Kerala’s failure to support a high-potential revenue-generating industry. Tourism remains a vital sector that can drive employment and economic growth, even during economic downturns.

Some argue that Kerala’s fragile ecosystem and dense population, with 44 rivers, make it unsuitable for heavy industries. While this may justify missing out on industrialization, the state has also failed to capitalize on the service sector boom over the past three decades, despite having a skilled workforce.

Although Kerala established Technopark during the early years of economic liberalization, it failed to maximize its potential, allowing Bengaluru to dominate the IT industry. Unlike cities such as Chennai, Hyderabad, or Bengaluru, Kerala lacks a major metropolis, but the IT sector, which has largely avoided trade union disruptions, could still absorb a significant portion of the state’s graduates.

Despite being a major consumer market for automobiles, Kerala has not attracted any major vehicle manufacturers. In 2004, when German automaker BMW sought a meeting with then-Chief Minister Oommen Chandy, a statewide strike forced the cancellation. When a second meeting was also disrupted, BMW chose Tamil Nadu instead.

Revamping the Education System

Before improving the business climate, Kerala must first resolve its educational crisis, starting at the school level. Recently, the Director of General Education criticized the practice of automatically promoting students regardless of academic performance, pointing out that many lack basic literacy skills.

Kerala’s private engineering colleges are in steep decline. During the early 2000s boom, there were 167 professional colleges in the state; today, that number has dropped to 90, with many on the verge of closure. Meanwhile, students from Kerala continue to seek medical and nursing admissions in other states due to a shortage of seats at home.

The Kerala state board’s tendency to inflate student grades even prompted Delhi University (DU) to modify its admission criteria to ensure fairness. Consequently, enrollment of Kerala students at DU significantly declined. Additionally, high-profile incidents of student politics and ragging in Kerala have only pushed more students to leave the state.

A study by the Centre for Public Policy Research found that 78% of female students migrating abroad do so in search of a more inclusive society, better lifestyle, and freedom from social stigmas. Policymakers only started addressing this issue when it became evident that youth were choosing foreign shores over Kerala.

For the Left, maintaining campus politics serves a vested interest, as college students continue to replenish the party’s ranks. However, Kerala’s universities, which should be fostering intellectual growth, have instead become strongholds of Marxist ideology, often stifling critical thinking.

The Path Forward

Kerala must modernize its educational curriculum and involve industry stakeholders to ensure graduates have better employment prospects. Violent student politics and the excessive unionization of academia—reducing faculty members to political pawns—must be curbed.

Only then can Kerala hope to reverse this trend. The crucial question remains: who will take the bold step to bring about these reforms? If no action is taken, the exodus will continue unchecked.

Indian Americans More Confident, Socially Active, and Politically Engaged: Dr. Ratan Sharda

Dr. Ratan Sharda, a longtime member of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), has observed a significant shift in the engagement levels of Indian Americans, noting that they are now more confident, socially involved, and politically active than ever before.

Having been associated with the RSS since childhood and actively involved in the Akhil Bharatiya Vidyarthi Parishad (ABVP) during a time of crisis in India, Dr. Sharda shared his insights in an interview about the evolving Indian diaspora in the United States.

“I see a different kind of Indian here,” he remarked. “The previous generation was primarily focused on establishing their lives, ensuring their children received quality education, and securing stable careers. But the new generation is more confident, outgoing, and engaged in politics and social causes. The notion that Indians are a privileged class is entirely incorrect. I have witnessed their struggles.”

He highlighted that young Indian Americans are now more assertive about their Indian identity and have adopted a different perspective on American society, politics, and social life. “The new generation is very assertive about their Indianness,” he noted.

Shifting Political Preferences in the Indian American Community

Dr. Sharda also discussed the evolving political inclinations among Indian Americans, particularly during Donald Trump’s presidency.

“Earlier, there was a clear divide, with most aligning with the Democrats. However, I now see a significant number of Indians supporting the Republican Party. That said, those who are Democrats remain strong Democrats.”

He also pointed out changing perceptions regarding US-India relations. Indians in India often feel that the United States prioritizes its own interests above all else. There is a belief that America can abruptly impose sanctions or cut off essential supplies. He cited examples such as the pressure on India to purchase American vaccines during the COVID-19 pandemic and delays in military equipment deliveries, which have led Indians to question the reliability of their relationship with the U.S.

Despite these concerns at the policy level, he emphasized that Indians hold a deep admiration for the United States. “People love America. They see it as a land of opportunity and appreciate the democratic values it upholds,” he said.

Loss of Trust in India-US Relations

Addressing the issue of trust deficits in diplomatic relations, Dr. Sharda pointed to historical events that continue to shape Indian perceptions of America.

“An ordinary Indian still remembers 1971 when America supported Pakistan despite its blatant human rights violations. Even today, when Hindus and other minorities face atrocities in Bangladesh, America remains silent. This inconsistency in America’s approach to human rights creates cynicism.”

Perceptions of Right-Wing, Left-Wing, and the US

Rejecting claims by Left-wing parties that anti-American sentiment exists in India, Dr. Sharda clarified, “There is no anti-American narrative from the BJP government or the people of India. People love America, but when it comes to policies, there is a sense of distrust.”

He also dismissed suggestions that the Indian right-wing is influenced by Left-wing narratives. “The Left was the biggest traitor during the 1962 war. This is not about Left or Right; it is about how ordinary Indians perceive things.”

India and America: A Shared Democratic Vision

Dr. Sharda expressed his belief that India and the U.S. are natural allies, despite occasional differences.

“As the world’s two largest democracies, we share common values—freedom of the press, pluralism, and religious freedom. There is no reason why the two nations should not work together.”

He also highlighted the increasing appreciation for Trump among Indians. “There is positive sentiment for Trump, even more so than before. Historically, Democratic presidents have been more anti-India in their policies.”

While acknowledging variations in foreign policy approaches, he emphasized the importance of a collective vision for global peace. “Prime Minister Modi has repeatedly stated that this is not an era of war, and Trump has tried to prevent conflicts. The way forward for India and the U.S. is to collaborate for global stability.”

RSS’s Influence on Economic and Foreign Policy

Dr. Sharda clarified that the RSS does not dictate government policies but noted that Modi’s economic strategies align with the organization’s philosophy.

“Modi is following an economic policy that reflects the RSS philosophy—Deendayal Upadhyay’s concept of unwavering humanism, ensuring that the last person in the queue is reached.”

He pointed to initiatives such as expanding access to bank accounts, providing credit facilities, and ensuring basic amenities for the underprivileged as evidence of this philosophy in action. “We talk about economic instability under capitalism, but the reality is that the last person in the queue rarely benefits. The RSS philosophy is about directly reaching out to them,” he explained.

Discussing foreign policy, he emphasized that while the RSS does not provide direct advice to the government, it has consistently supported strengthening ties with the Indian diaspora. “The first Pravasi Bharatiya Divas and Pravasi Bharatiya Awards were introduced by Atal Bihari Vajpayee because the Indian diaspora is an asset. These individuals contribute to the economies of their host countries, serve their societies, and remain deeply connected to India.”

Global Obesity Rates Surge, Study Warns of Severe Health and Economic Consequences

A comprehensive global analysis, which includes data from India, has revealed that the prevalence of overweight and obesity among both adults aged 25 and older and children and adolescents aged 5 to 24 has more than doubled over the past three decades. According to a study published in The Lancet, by 2021, an estimated 2.11 billion adults and 493 million young people worldwide were classified as overweight or obese.

The study highlights significant variations in weight gain across different regions, with more than half of the world’s adults with overweight or obesity residing in just eight countries. These include China, which recorded 402 million affected individuals, followed by India with 180 million, the United States with 172 million, Brazil with 88 million, Russia with 71 million, Mexico with 58 million, Indonesia with 52 million, and Egypt with 41 million.

Projections from the Global Burden of Disease Study BMI Collaborators, also published in The Lancet, indicate that without urgent policy changes and preventive measures, the global burden of obesity will continue to escalate. By 2050, approximately 60 percent of adults, equating to 3.8 billion people, and nearly a third (31 percent) of children and adolescents, or about 746 million, are expected to be either overweight or obese.

The report also warns of the disproportionate impact on certain regions. By 2050, one in three young individuals classified as obese—approximately 130 million—are projected to be from North Africa, the Middle East, Latin America, or the Caribbean. These increases are expected to lead to severe health, economic, and societal repercussions.

The study further estimates that nearly a quarter of the world’s adults with obesity in 2050 will be 65 years or older. This shift is likely to place an even greater burden on already strained healthcare systems, particularly in low-resource nations where medical services may struggle to cope with rising cases of obesity-related illnesses.

Lead author Professor Emmanuela Gakidou from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME) at the University of Washington in the U.S. described the global obesity epidemic as both a profound tragedy and a major societal failure. “The unprecedented global epidemic of overweight and obesity is a profound tragedy and a monumental societal failure,” Gakidou stated.

She further emphasized the importance of using country-specific estimates to guide interventions, ensuring that both prevention and treatment strategies are targeted effectively. “Governments and the public health community can use our country-specific estimates on the stage, timing, and speed of current and forecasted transitions in weight to identify priority populations experiencing the greatest burdens of obesity who require immediate intervention and treatment, and those that remain predominantly overweight and should be primarily targeted with prevention strategies,” she added.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi also recently addressed the growing obesity crisis during the 119th episode of his radio program Mann Ki Baat. Highlighting the health risks associated with excessive weight gain, he urged the nation to take preventive measures against obesity-related diseases such as hypertension, diabetes, and cancer.

“To become a fit and healthy nation, we will certainly have to deal with the problem of obesity. According to a study, one in every eight people today is troubled by the problem of obesity,” PM Modi emphasized.

The study’s findings stress the urgent need for immediate intervention to counteract the rising obesity epidemic. Without substantial reforms in public health policies and more effective action plans, obesity and overweight cases are expected to skyrocket.

By 2050, if current trends persist, more than half of the world’s adult population—3.8 billion individuals—will be classified as overweight or obese. In addition, one-third of children and adolescents, amounting to 746 million, are projected to be in the same category. These figures present an unprecedented threat to public health, increasing the likelihood of premature diseases and deaths on local, national, and global scales.

The study further predicts an alarming 121 percent rise in obesity among children and adolescents worldwide. By 2050, the total number of young individuals with obesity is expected to reach 360 million, which is an increase of 186 million from 2021.

The anticipated surge in obesity rates between 2022 and 2030 underscores the need for immediate intervention. Without timely action, the global obesity crisis will continue to intensify, straining healthcare systems, increasing economic costs, and posing serious risks to public health worldwide.

-+=